Go to most recent revision | Details | Last modification | View Log | RSS feed
Rev | Author | Line No. | Line |
---|---|---|---|
30 | mjames | 1 | /** |
2 | ****************************************************************************** |
||
3 | * @file stm32l1xx_hal_tim.c |
||
4 | * @author MCD Application Team |
||
50 | mjames | 5 | * @brief TIM HAL module driver. |
30 | mjames | 6 | * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following |
7 | * functionalities of the Timer (TIM) peripheral: |
||
50 | mjames | 8 | * + TIM Time Base Initialization |
9 | * + TIM Time Base Start |
||
10 | * + TIM Time Base Start Interruption |
||
11 | * + TIM Time Base Start DMA |
||
12 | * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Initialization |
||
13 | * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration |
||
14 | * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start |
||
15 | * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start Interruption |
||
16 | * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start DMA |
||
17 | * + TIM Input Capture Initialization |
||
18 | * + TIM Input Capture Channel Configuration |
||
19 | * + TIM Input Capture Start |
||
20 | * + TIM Input Capture Start Interruption |
||
21 | * + TIM Input Capture Start DMA |
||
22 | * + TIM One Pulse Initialization |
||
23 | * + TIM One Pulse Channel Configuration |
||
24 | * + TIM One Pulse Start |
||
25 | * + TIM Encoder Interface Initialization |
||
26 | * + TIM Encoder Interface Start |
||
27 | * + TIM Encoder Interface Start Interruption |
||
28 | * + TIM Encoder Interface Start DMA |
||
30 | mjames | 29 | * + Commutation Event configuration with Interruption and DMA |
50 | mjames | 30 | * + TIM OCRef clear configuration |
31 | * + TIM External Clock configuration |
||
30 | mjames | 32 | @verbatim |
33 | ============================================================================== |
||
34 | ##### TIMER Generic features ##### |
||
35 | ============================================================================== |
||
36 | [..] The Timer features include: |
||
37 | (#) 16-bit up, down, up/down auto-reload counter. |
||
38 | (#) 16-bit programmable prescaler allowing dividing (also on the fly) the |
||
39 | counter clock frequency either by any factor between 1 and 65536. |
||
40 | (#) Up to 4 independent channels for: |
||
41 | (++) Input Capture |
||
42 | (++) Output Compare |
||
43 | (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode) |
||
44 | (++) One-pulse mode output |
||
45 | (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to interconnect |
||
50 | mjames | 46 | several timers together. |
47 | (#) Supports incremental encoder for positioning purposes |
||
30 | mjames | 48 | |
49 | ##### How to use this driver ##### |
||
50 | mjames | 50 | ============================================================================== |
30 | mjames | 51 | [..] |
52 | (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions |
||
50 | mjames | 53 | depending on the selected feature: |
30 | mjames | 54 | (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit() |
55 | (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit() |
||
56 | (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit() |
||
57 | (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit() |
||
58 | (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit() |
||
59 | (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit() |
||
60 | |||
61 | (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources : |
||
62 | (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE(); |
||
63 | (##) TIM pins configuration |
||
64 | (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function: |
||
65 | __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); |
||
66 | (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init(); |
||
67 | |||
68 | (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the |
||
69 | internal clock from the APBx), using the following function: |
||
70 | HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before |
||
71 | any start function. |
||
72 | |||
73 | (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the |
||
74 | Initialization function of this driver: |
||
75 | (++) HAL_TIM_Base_Init: to use the Timer to generate a simple time base |
||
76 | (++) HAL_TIM_OC_Init and HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate an |
||
77 | Output Compare signal. |
||
78 | (++) HAL_TIM_PWM_Init and HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate a |
||
79 | PWM signal. |
||
80 | (++) HAL_TIM_IC_Init and HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to measure an |
||
81 | external signal. |
||
82 | (++) HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init and HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer |
||
83 | in One Pulse Mode. |
||
84 | (++) HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init: to use the Timer Encoder Interface. |
||
85 | |||
86 | (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions depending from the feature used: |
||
87 | (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_Start(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT() |
||
88 | (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_Start(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT() |
||
89 | (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_Start(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT() |
||
90 | (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT() |
||
91 | (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(), HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT() |
||
92 | (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(). |
||
93 | |||
94 | (#) The DMA Burst is managed with the two following functions: |
||
95 | HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart() |
||
96 | HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart() |
||
97 | |||
50 | mjames | 98 | *** Callback registration *** |
99 | ============================================= |
||
100 | |||
101 | [..] |
||
102 | The compilation define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 |
||
103 | allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks. |
||
104 | |||
105 | [..] |
||
106 | Use Function @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() to register a callback. |
||
107 | @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, |
||
108 | the Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function. |
||
109 | |||
110 | [..] |
||
111 | Use function @ref HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default |
||
112 | weak function. |
||
113 | @ref HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, |
||
114 | and the Callback ID. |
||
115 | |||
116 | [..] |
||
117 | These functions allow to register/unregister following callbacks: |
||
118 | (+) Base_MspInitCallback : TIM Base Msp Init Callback. |
||
119 | (+) Base_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Base Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
120 | (+) IC_MspInitCallback : TIM IC Msp Init Callback. |
||
121 | (+) IC_MspDeInitCallback : TIM IC Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
122 | (+) OC_MspInitCallback : TIM OC Msp Init Callback. |
||
123 | (+) OC_MspDeInitCallback : TIM OC Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
124 | (+) PWM_MspInitCallback : TIM PWM Msp Init Callback. |
||
125 | (+) PWM_MspDeInitCallback : TIM PWM Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
126 | (+) OnePulse_MspInitCallback : TIM One Pulse Msp Init Callback. |
||
127 | (+) OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback : TIM One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
128 | (+) Encoder_MspInitCallback : TIM Encoder Msp Init Callback. |
||
129 | (+) Encoder_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Encoder Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
130 | (+) PeriodElapsedCallback : TIM Period Elapsed Callback. |
||
131 | (+) PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback : TIM Period Elapsed half complete Callback. |
||
132 | (+) TriggerCallback : TIM Trigger Callback. |
||
133 | (+) TriggerHalfCpltCallback : TIM Trigger half complete Callback. |
||
134 | (+) IC_CaptureCallback : TIM Input Capture Callback. |
||
135 | (+) IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback : TIM Input Capture half complete Callback. |
||
136 | (+) OC_DelayElapsedCallback : TIM Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback. |
||
137 | (+) PWM_PulseFinishedCallback : TIM PWM Pulse Finished Callback. |
||
138 | (+) PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback : TIM PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback. |
||
139 | (+) ErrorCallback : TIM Error Callback. |
||
140 | |||
141 | [..] |
||
142 | By default, after the Init and when the state is HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET |
||
143 | all interrupt callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions: |
||
144 | examples @ref HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(), @ref HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(). |
||
145 | |||
146 | [..] |
||
147 | Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are reset to the legacy weak |
||
148 | functionalities in the Init / DeInit only when these callbacks are null |
||
149 | (not registered beforehand). If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the Init / DeInit |
||
150 | keep and use the user MspInit / MspDeInit callbacks(registered beforehand) |
||
151 | |||
152 | [..] |
||
153 | Callbacks can be registered / unregistered in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY state only. |
||
154 | Exception done MspInit / MspDeInit that can be registered / unregistered |
||
155 | in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY or HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET state, |
||
156 | thus registered(user) MspInit / DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init / DeInit. |
||
157 | In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks |
||
158 | using @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() before calling DeInit or Init function. |
||
159 | |||
160 | [..] |
||
161 | When The compilation define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or |
||
162 | not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks |
||
163 | are set to the corresponding weak functions. |
||
164 | |||
30 | mjames | 165 | @endverbatim |
166 | ****************************************************************************** |
||
167 | * @attention |
||
168 | * |
||
50 | mjames | 169 | * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. |
170 | * All rights reserved.</center></h2> |
||
30 | mjames | 171 | * |
50 | mjames | 172 | * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, |
173 | * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the |
||
174 | * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: |
||
175 | * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause |
||
30 | mjames | 176 | * |
177 | ****************************************************************************** |
||
178 | */ |
||
179 | |||
180 | /* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
||
181 | #include "stm32l1xx_hal.h" |
||
182 | |||
183 | /** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver |
||
184 | * @{ |
||
185 | */ |
||
186 | |||
187 | /** @defgroup TIM TIM |
||
188 | * @brief TIM HAL module driver |
||
189 | * @{ |
||
190 | */ |
||
191 | |||
192 | #ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED |
||
193 | |||
194 | /* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ |
||
195 | /* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
||
50 | mjames | 196 | /* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
30 | mjames | 197 | /* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ |
198 | /* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ |
||
50 | mjames | 199 | /** @addtogroup TIM_Private_Functions |
30 | mjames | 200 | * @{ |
201 | */ |
||
202 | static void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure); |
||
203 | static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); |
||
204 | static void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); |
||
205 | static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); |
||
206 | static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); |
||
50 | mjames | 207 | static void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
208 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
||
30 | mjames | 209 | static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
50 | mjames | 210 | static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
211 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
||
30 | mjames | 212 | static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
50 | mjames | 213 | static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
214 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
||
215 | static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
216 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
||
217 | static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t InputTriggerSource); |
||
218 | static void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, |
||
219 | uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter); |
||
220 | static void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState); |
||
30 | mjames | 221 | static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); |
50 | mjames | 222 | static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); |
61 | mjames | 223 | static void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); |
224 | static void TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); |
||
30 | mjames | 225 | static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); |
50 | mjames | 226 | static void TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); |
227 | static HAL_StatusTypeDef TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
||
228 | TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig); |
||
30 | mjames | 229 | /** |
50 | mjames | 230 | * @} |
30 | mjames | 231 | */ |
50 | mjames | 232 | /* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ |
30 | mjames | 233 | |
234 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions TIM Exported Functions |
||
235 | * @{ |
||
236 | */ |
||
237 | |||
50 | mjames | 238 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group1 TIM Time Base functions |
239 | * @brief Time Base functions |
||
240 | * |
||
30 | mjames | 241 | @verbatim |
242 | ============================================================================== |
||
243 | ##### Time Base functions ##### |
||
244 | ============================================================================== |
||
245 | [..] |
||
246 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
247 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM base. |
||
248 | (+) De-initialize the TIM base. |
||
249 | (+) Start the Time Base. |
||
250 | (+) Stop the Time Base. |
||
251 | (+) Start the Time Base and enable interrupt. |
||
252 | (+) Stop the Time Base and disable interrupt. |
||
253 | (+) Start the Time Base and enable DMA transfer. |
||
254 | (+) Stop the Time Base and disable DMA transfer. |
||
255 | |||
256 | @endverbatim |
||
257 | * @{ |
||
258 | */ |
||
259 | /** |
||
260 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Time base Unit according to the specified |
||
50 | mjames | 261 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. |
262 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
263 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
264 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
265 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Base_Init() |
||
266 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
||
30 | mjames | 267 | * @retval HAL status |
268 | */ |
||
269 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
270 | { |
||
271 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
50 | mjames | 272 | if (htim == NULL) |
30 | mjames | 273 | { |
274 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
275 | } |
||
276 | |||
277 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
278 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
279 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
280 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
50 | mjames | 281 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
30 | mjames | 282 | |
50 | mjames | 283 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
30 | mjames | 284 | { |
285 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
286 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
287 | |||
50 | mjames | 288 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
289 | /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
290 | TIM_ResetCallback(htim); |
||
291 | |||
292 | if (htim->Base_MspInitCallback == NULL) |
||
293 | { |
||
294 | htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit; |
||
295 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 296 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
50 | mjames | 297 | htim->Base_MspInitCallback(htim); |
298 | #else |
||
299 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
30 | mjames | 300 | HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(htim); |
50 | mjames | 301 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 302 | } |
303 | |||
304 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
50 | mjames | 305 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
30 | mjames | 306 | |
307 | /* Set the Time Base configuration */ |
||
308 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
309 | |||
50 | mjames | 310 | /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ |
311 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
312 | |||
313 | /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ |
||
314 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
315 | |||
30 | mjames | 316 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
50 | mjames | 317 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
30 | mjames | 318 | |
319 | return HAL_OK; |
||
320 | } |
||
321 | |||
322 | /** |
||
323 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Base peripheral |
||
50 | mjames | 324 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
30 | mjames | 325 | * @retval HAL status |
326 | */ |
||
327 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
328 | { |
||
329 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
330 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
331 | |||
332 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
333 | |||
334 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
335 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
336 | |||
50 | mjames | 337 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
338 | if (htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) |
||
339 | { |
||
340 | htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit; |
||
341 | } |
||
342 | /* DeInit the low level hardware */ |
||
343 | htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback(htim); |
||
344 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 345 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
346 | HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
50 | mjames | 347 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 348 | |
50 | mjames | 349 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
350 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; |
||
351 | |||
352 | /* Change the TIM channels state */ |
||
353 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
354 | |||
30 | mjames | 355 | /* Change TIM state */ |
356 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
357 | |||
358 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
359 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
360 | |||
361 | return HAL_OK; |
||
362 | } |
||
363 | |||
364 | /** |
||
365 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Base MSP. |
||
50 | mjames | 366 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
30 | mjames | 367 | * @retval None |
368 | */ |
||
369 | __weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
370 | { |
||
371 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
372 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
373 | |||
50 | mjames | 374 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
30 | mjames | 375 | the HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
376 | */ |
||
377 | } |
||
378 | |||
379 | /** |
||
380 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM Base MSP. |
||
50 | mjames | 381 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
30 | mjames | 382 | * @retval None |
383 | */ |
||
384 | __weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
385 | { |
||
386 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
387 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
388 | |||
50 | mjames | 389 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
30 | mjames | 390 | the HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
391 | */ |
||
392 | } |
||
393 | |||
394 | |||
395 | /** |
||
396 | * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation. |
||
50 | mjames | 397 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
30 | mjames | 398 | * @retval HAL status |
50 | mjames | 399 | */ |
30 | mjames | 400 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
401 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 402 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
403 | |||
30 | mjames | 404 | /* Check the parameters */ |
405 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
406 | |||
50 | mjames | 407 | /* Check the TIM state */ |
408 | if (htim->State != HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) |
||
409 | { |
||
410 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
411 | } |
||
412 | |||
30 | mjames | 413 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
50 | mjames | 414 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
30 | mjames | 415 | |
50 | mjames | 416 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
417 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
418 | { |
||
419 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
420 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
421 | { |
||
422 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
423 | } |
||
424 | } |
||
425 | else |
||
426 | { |
||
427 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
428 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 429 | |
430 | /* Return function status */ |
||
431 | return HAL_OK; |
||
432 | } |
||
433 | |||
434 | /** |
||
435 | * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation. |
||
50 | mjames | 436 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
30 | mjames | 437 | * @retval HAL status |
50 | mjames | 438 | */ |
30 | mjames | 439 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
440 | { |
||
441 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
442 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
443 | |||
444 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
445 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
446 | |||
50 | mjames | 447 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
448 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
30 | mjames | 449 | |
450 | /* Return function status */ |
||
451 | return HAL_OK; |
||
452 | } |
||
453 | |||
454 | /** |
||
455 | * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. |
||
50 | mjames | 456 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
30 | mjames | 457 | * @retval HAL status |
50 | mjames | 458 | */ |
30 | mjames | 459 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
460 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 461 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
462 | |||
30 | mjames | 463 | /* Check the parameters */ |
464 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
465 | |||
50 | mjames | 466 | /* Check the TIM state */ |
467 | if (htim->State != HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) |
||
468 | { |
||
469 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
470 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 471 | |
50 | mjames | 472 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
473 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
30 | mjames | 474 | |
50 | mjames | 475 | /* Enable the TIM Update interrupt */ |
476 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); |
||
477 | |||
478 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
||
479 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
480 | { |
||
481 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
482 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
483 | { |
||
484 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
485 | } |
||
486 | } |
||
487 | else |
||
488 | { |
||
489 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
490 | } |
||
491 | |||
30 | mjames | 492 | /* Return function status */ |
493 | return HAL_OK; |
||
494 | } |
||
495 | |||
496 | /** |
||
497 | * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. |
||
50 | mjames | 498 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
30 | mjames | 499 | * @retval HAL status |
50 | mjames | 500 | */ |
30 | mjames | 501 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
502 | { |
||
503 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
504 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
61 | mjames | 505 | |
30 | mjames | 506 | /* Disable the TIM Update interrupt */ |
507 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); |
||
508 | |||
509 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
510 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
511 | |||
50 | mjames | 512 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
513 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
514 | |||
30 | mjames | 515 | /* Return function status */ |
516 | return HAL_OK; |
||
517 | } |
||
518 | |||
519 | /** |
||
520 | * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. |
||
50 | mjames | 521 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
522 | * @param pData The source Buffer address. |
||
523 | * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to peripheral. |
||
30 | mjames | 524 | * @retval HAL status |
50 | mjames | 525 | */ |
30 | mjames | 526 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) |
527 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 528 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
529 | |||
30 | mjames | 530 | /* Check the parameters */ |
531 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
532 | |||
50 | mjames | 533 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
534 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY) |
||
30 | mjames | 535 | { |
50 | mjames | 536 | return HAL_BUSY; |
30 | mjames | 537 | } |
50 | mjames | 538 | else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) |
30 | mjames | 539 | { |
50 | mjames | 540 | if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U)) |
30 | mjames | 541 | { |
542 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
543 | } |
||
544 | else |
||
545 | { |
||
546 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
547 | } |
||
548 | } |
||
549 | else |
||
550 | { |
||
551 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
552 | } |
||
553 | |||
50 | mjames | 554 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */ |
30 | mjames | 555 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; |
50 | mjames | 556 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt; |
30 | mjames | 557 | |
558 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
559 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
560 | |||
561 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
61 | mjames | 562 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->ARR, |
563 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
50 | mjames | 564 | { |
61 | mjames | 565 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 566 | return HAL_ERROR; |
567 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 568 | |
569 | /* Enable the TIM Update DMA request */ |
||
570 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); |
||
571 | |||
50 | mjames | 572 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
573 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
574 | { |
||
575 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
576 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
577 | { |
||
578 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
579 | } |
||
580 | } |
||
581 | else |
||
582 | { |
||
583 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
584 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 585 | |
586 | /* Return function status */ |
||
587 | return HAL_OK; |
||
588 | } |
||
589 | |||
590 | /** |
||
591 | * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. |
||
50 | mjames | 592 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
30 | mjames | 593 | * @retval HAL status |
50 | mjames | 594 | */ |
30 | mjames | 595 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
596 | { |
||
597 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
598 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
599 | |||
600 | /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ |
||
601 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); |
||
602 | |||
50 | mjames | 603 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); |
604 | |||
30 | mjames | 605 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
606 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
607 | |||
50 | mjames | 608 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
30 | mjames | 609 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
610 | |||
611 | /* Return function status */ |
||
612 | return HAL_OK; |
||
613 | } |
||
614 | |||
615 | /** |
||
616 | * @} |
||
617 | */ |
||
618 | |||
50 | mjames | 619 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group2 TIM Output Compare functions |
620 | * @brief TIM Output Compare functions |
||
621 | * |
||
30 | mjames | 622 | @verbatim |
623 | ============================================================================== |
||
50 | mjames | 624 | ##### TIM Output Compare functions ##### |
30 | mjames | 625 | ============================================================================== |
626 | [..] |
||
627 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
628 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Output Compare. |
||
629 | (+) De-initialize the TIM Output Compare. |
||
50 | mjames | 630 | (+) Start the TIM Output Compare. |
631 | (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare. |
||
632 | (+) Start the TIM Output Compare and enable interrupt. |
||
633 | (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable interrupt. |
||
634 | (+) Start the TIM Output Compare and enable DMA transfer. |
||
635 | (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable DMA transfer. |
||
30 | mjames | 636 | |
637 | @endverbatim |
||
638 | * @{ |
||
639 | */ |
||
640 | /** |
||
641 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare according to the specified |
||
50 | mjames | 642 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle. |
643 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
644 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
645 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
646 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OC_Init() |
||
647 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
||
30 | mjames | 648 | * @retval HAL status |
649 | */ |
||
50 | mjames | 650 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
30 | mjames | 651 | { |
652 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
50 | mjames | 653 | if (htim == NULL) |
30 | mjames | 654 | { |
655 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
656 | } |
||
657 | |||
658 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
659 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
660 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
661 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
50 | mjames | 662 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
30 | mjames | 663 | |
50 | mjames | 664 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
30 | mjames | 665 | { |
666 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
667 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
668 | |||
50 | mjames | 669 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
670 | /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
671 | TIM_ResetCallback(htim); |
||
672 | |||
673 | if (htim->OC_MspInitCallback == NULL) |
||
674 | { |
||
675 | htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit; |
||
676 | } |
||
677 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
678 | htim->OC_MspInitCallback(htim); |
||
679 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 680 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
681 | HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(htim); |
||
50 | mjames | 682 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 683 | } |
684 | |||
685 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
50 | mjames | 686 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
30 | mjames | 687 | |
688 | /* Init the base time for the Output Compare */ |
||
689 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
690 | |||
50 | mjames | 691 | /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ |
692 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
693 | |||
694 | /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ |
||
695 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
696 | |||
30 | mjames | 697 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
50 | mjames | 698 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
30 | mjames | 699 | |
700 | return HAL_OK; |
||
701 | } |
||
702 | |||
703 | /** |
||
704 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral |
||
50 | mjames | 705 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
30 | mjames | 706 | * @retval HAL status |
707 | */ |
||
708 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
709 | { |
||
710 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
711 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
712 | |||
50 | mjames | 713 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
30 | mjames | 714 | |
715 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
716 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
717 | |||
50 | mjames | 718 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
719 | if (htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) |
||
720 | { |
||
721 | htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit; |
||
722 | } |
||
723 | /* DeInit the low level hardware */ |
||
724 | htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback(htim); |
||
725 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 726 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
727 | HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
50 | mjames | 728 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 729 | |
50 | mjames | 730 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
731 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; |
||
732 | |||
733 | /* Change the TIM channels state */ |
||
734 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
735 | |||
30 | mjames | 736 | /* Change TIM state */ |
737 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
738 | |||
739 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
740 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
741 | |||
742 | return HAL_OK; |
||
743 | } |
||
744 | |||
745 | /** |
||
746 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare MSP. |
||
50 | mjames | 747 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
30 | mjames | 748 | * @retval None |
749 | */ |
||
750 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
751 | { |
||
752 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
753 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
754 | |||
50 | mjames | 755 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
30 | mjames | 756 | the HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
757 | */ |
||
758 | } |
||
759 | |||
760 | /** |
||
761 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM Output Compare MSP. |
||
50 | mjames | 762 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
30 | mjames | 763 | * @retval None |
764 | */ |
||
765 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
766 | { |
||
767 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
768 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
769 | |||
50 | mjames | 770 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
30 | mjames | 771 | the HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
772 | */ |
||
773 | } |
||
774 | |||
775 | /** |
||
776 | * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation. |
||
50 | mjames | 777 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
778 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled |
||
30 | mjames | 779 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
780 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
781 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
782 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
783 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
784 | * @retval HAL status |
||
50 | mjames | 785 | */ |
30 | mjames | 786 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
787 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 788 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
789 | |||
30 | mjames | 790 | /* Check the parameters */ |
791 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
792 | |||
50 | mjames | 793 | /* Check the TIM channel state */ |
794 | if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
795 | { |
||
796 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
797 | } |
||
798 | |||
799 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
800 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
801 | |||
30 | mjames | 802 | /* Enable the Output compare channel */ |
803 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
804 | |||
50 | mjames | 805 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
806 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
807 | { |
||
808 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
809 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
810 | { |
||
811 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
812 | } |
||
813 | } |
||
814 | else |
||
815 | { |
||
816 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
817 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 818 | |
819 | /* Return function status */ |
||
820 | return HAL_OK; |
||
821 | } |
||
822 | |||
823 | /** |
||
824 | * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation. |
||
50 | mjames | 825 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
826 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled |
||
30 | mjames | 827 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
828 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
829 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
830 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
831 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
832 | * @retval HAL status |
||
50 | mjames | 833 | */ |
30 | mjames | 834 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
835 | { |
||
836 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
837 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
838 | |||
839 | /* Disable the Output compare channel */ |
||
840 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
841 | |||
842 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
843 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
844 | |||
50 | mjames | 845 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
846 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
847 | |||
30 | mjames | 848 | /* Return function status */ |
849 | return HAL_OK; |
||
850 | } |
||
851 | |||
852 | /** |
||
853 | * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
50 | mjames | 854 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
855 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled |
||
30 | mjames | 856 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
857 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
858 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
859 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
860 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
861 | * @retval HAL status |
||
50 | mjames | 862 | */ |
30 | mjames | 863 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
864 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 865 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
866 | |||
30 | mjames | 867 | /* Check the parameters */ |
868 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
869 | |||
50 | mjames | 870 | /* Check the TIM channel state */ |
871 | if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
872 | { |
||
873 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
874 | } |
||
875 | |||
876 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
877 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
878 | |||
30 | mjames | 879 | switch (Channel) |
880 | { |
||
881 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
882 | { |
||
883 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
884 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
50 | mjames | 885 | break; |
30 | mjames | 886 | } |
887 | |||
888 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
889 | { |
||
890 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
891 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
50 | mjames | 892 | break; |
30 | mjames | 893 | } |
894 | |||
895 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
896 | { |
||
897 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
898 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
50 | mjames | 899 | break; |
30 | mjames | 900 | } |
901 | |||
902 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
903 | { |
||
904 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
905 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
50 | mjames | 906 | break; |
30 | mjames | 907 | } |
908 | |||
909 | default: |
||
50 | mjames | 910 | break; |
30 | mjames | 911 | } |
912 | |||
913 | /* Enable the Output compare channel */ |
||
914 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
915 | |||
50 | mjames | 916 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
917 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
918 | { |
||
919 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
920 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
921 | { |
||
922 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
923 | } |
||
924 | } |
||
925 | else |
||
926 | { |
||
927 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
928 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 929 | |
930 | /* Return function status */ |
||
931 | return HAL_OK; |
||
932 | } |
||
933 | |||
934 | /** |
||
935 | * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
50 | mjames | 936 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
937 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled |
||
30 | mjames | 938 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
939 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
940 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
941 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
942 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
943 | * @retval HAL status |
||
50 | mjames | 944 | */ |
30 | mjames | 945 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
946 | { |
||
947 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
948 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
949 | |||
950 | switch (Channel) |
||
951 | { |
||
952 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
953 | { |
||
954 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
955 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
50 | mjames | 956 | break; |
30 | mjames | 957 | } |
958 | |||
959 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
960 | { |
||
961 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
962 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
50 | mjames | 963 | break; |
30 | mjames | 964 | } |
965 | |||
966 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
967 | { |
||
968 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
969 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
50 | mjames | 970 | break; |
30 | mjames | 971 | } |
972 | |||
973 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
974 | { |
||
975 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
976 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
50 | mjames | 977 | break; |
30 | mjames | 978 | } |
979 | |||
980 | default: |
||
50 | mjames | 981 | break; |
30 | mjames | 982 | } |
983 | |||
984 | /* Disable the Output compare channel */ |
||
985 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
986 | |||
987 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
988 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
989 | |||
50 | mjames | 990 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
991 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
992 | |||
30 | mjames | 993 | /* Return function status */ |
994 | return HAL_OK; |
||
995 | } |
||
996 | |||
997 | /** |
||
998 | * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. |
||
50 | mjames | 999 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
1000 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled |
||
30 | mjames | 1001 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
1002 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
1003 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
1004 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
1005 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
50 | mjames | 1006 | * @param pData The source Buffer address. |
1007 | * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral |
||
30 | mjames | 1008 | * @retval HAL status |
50 | mjames | 1009 | */ |
30 | mjames | 1010 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) |
1011 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 1012 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
1013 | |||
30 | mjames | 1014 | /* Check the parameters */ |
1015 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
1016 | |||
50 | mjames | 1017 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
1018 | if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
||
30 | mjames | 1019 | { |
50 | mjames | 1020 | return HAL_BUSY; |
30 | mjames | 1021 | } |
50 | mjames | 1022 | else if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
30 | mjames | 1023 | { |
50 | mjames | 1024 | if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U)) |
30 | mjames | 1025 | { |
1026 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
1027 | } |
||
1028 | else |
||
1029 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 1030 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
30 | mjames | 1031 | } |
1032 | } |
||
1033 | else |
||
1034 | { |
||
1035 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
1036 | } |
||
1037 | |||
1038 | switch (Channel) |
||
1039 | { |
||
1040 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
1041 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 1042 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
30 | mjames | 1043 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
50 | mjames | 1044 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
30 | mjames | 1045 | |
1046 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
1047 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
1048 | |||
1049 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
61 | mjames | 1050 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, |
1051 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
50 | mjames | 1052 | { |
61 | mjames | 1053 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 1054 | return HAL_ERROR; |
1055 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 1056 | |
1057 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
1058 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
50 | mjames | 1059 | break; |
30 | mjames | 1060 | } |
1061 | |||
1062 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
1063 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 1064 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
30 | mjames | 1065 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
50 | mjames | 1066 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
30 | mjames | 1067 | |
1068 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
1069 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
1070 | |||
1071 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
61 | mjames | 1072 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, |
1073 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
50 | mjames | 1074 | { |
61 | mjames | 1075 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 1076 | return HAL_ERROR; |
1077 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 1078 | |
1079 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
||
1080 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
50 | mjames | 1081 | break; |
30 | mjames | 1082 | } |
1083 | |||
1084 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
1085 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 1086 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
30 | mjames | 1087 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
50 | mjames | 1088 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
30 | mjames | 1089 | |
1090 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
1091 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
1092 | |||
1093 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
61 | mjames | 1094 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, |
1095 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
50 | mjames | 1096 | { |
61 | mjames | 1097 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 1098 | return HAL_ERROR; |
1099 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 1100 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
1101 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
50 | mjames | 1102 | break; |
30 | mjames | 1103 | } |
1104 | |||
1105 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
1106 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 1107 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
30 | mjames | 1108 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
50 | mjames | 1109 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
30 | mjames | 1110 | |
1111 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
1112 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
1113 | |||
1114 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
61 | mjames | 1115 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, |
1116 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
50 | mjames | 1117 | { |
61 | mjames | 1118 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 1119 | return HAL_ERROR; |
1120 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 1121 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ |
1122 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
50 | mjames | 1123 | break; |
30 | mjames | 1124 | } |
1125 | |||
1126 | default: |
||
50 | mjames | 1127 | break; |
30 | mjames | 1128 | } |
1129 | |||
1130 | /* Enable the Output compare channel */ |
||
1131 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
1132 | |||
50 | mjames | 1133 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
1134 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
1135 | { |
||
1136 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
1137 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
1138 | { |
||
1139 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
1140 | } |
||
1141 | } |
||
1142 | else |
||
1143 | { |
||
1144 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
1145 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 1146 | |
1147 | /* Return function status */ |
||
1148 | return HAL_OK; |
||
1149 | } |
||
1150 | |||
1151 | /** |
||
1152 | * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. |
||
50 | mjames | 1153 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
1154 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled |
||
30 | mjames | 1155 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
1156 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
1157 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
1158 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
1159 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
1160 | * @retval HAL status |
||
50 | mjames | 1161 | */ |
30 | mjames | 1162 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
1163 | { |
||
1164 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
1165 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
1166 | |||
1167 | switch (Channel) |
||
1168 | { |
||
1169 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
1170 | { |
||
1171 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
1172 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
50 | mjames | 1173 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
1174 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 1175 | } |
1176 | |||
1177 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
1178 | { |
||
1179 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
||
1180 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
50 | mjames | 1181 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
1182 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 1183 | } |
1184 | |||
1185 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
1186 | { |
||
1187 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
||
1188 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
50 | mjames | 1189 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); |
1190 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 1191 | } |
1192 | |||
1193 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
1194 | { |
||
1195 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
1196 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
50 | mjames | 1197 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); |
1198 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 1199 | } |
1200 | |||
1201 | default: |
||
50 | mjames | 1202 | break; |
30 | mjames | 1203 | } |
1204 | |||
1205 | /* Disable the Output compare channel */ |
||
1206 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
1207 | |||
1208 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
1209 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
1210 | |||
50 | mjames | 1211 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
1212 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
30 | mjames | 1213 | |
1214 | /* Return function status */ |
||
1215 | return HAL_OK; |
||
1216 | } |
||
1217 | |||
1218 | /** |
||
1219 | * @} |
||
1220 | */ |
||
1221 | |||
50 | mjames | 1222 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group3 TIM PWM functions |
1223 | * @brief TIM PWM functions |
||
1224 | * |
||
30 | mjames | 1225 | @verbatim |
1226 | ============================================================================== |
||
50 | mjames | 1227 | ##### TIM PWM functions ##### |
30 | mjames | 1228 | ============================================================================== |
1229 | [..] |
||
1230 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
1231 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM PWM. |
||
1232 | (+) De-initialize the TIM PWM. |
||
50 | mjames | 1233 | (+) Start the TIM PWM. |
1234 | (+) Stop the TIM PWM. |
||
1235 | (+) Start the TIM PWM and enable interrupt. |
||
1236 | (+) Stop the TIM PWM and disable interrupt. |
||
1237 | (+) Start the TIM PWM and enable DMA transfer. |
||
1238 | (+) Stop the TIM PWM and disable DMA transfer. |
||
30 | mjames | 1239 | |
1240 | @endverbatim |
||
1241 | * @{ |
||
1242 | */ |
||
1243 | /** |
||
1244 | * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM Time Base according to the specified |
||
50 | mjames | 1245 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle. |
1246 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
1247 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
1248 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
1249 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_PWM_Init() |
||
1250 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
||
30 | mjames | 1251 | * @retval HAL status |
1252 | */ |
||
1253 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
1254 | { |
||
1255 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
50 | mjames | 1256 | if (htim == NULL) |
30 | mjames | 1257 | { |
1258 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
1259 | } |
||
1260 | |||
1261 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
1262 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
1263 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
1264 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
50 | mjames | 1265 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
30 | mjames | 1266 | |
50 | mjames | 1267 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
30 | mjames | 1268 | { |
1269 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
1270 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
1271 | |||
50 | mjames | 1272 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
1273 | /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
1274 | TIM_ResetCallback(htim); |
||
1275 | |||
1276 | if (htim->PWM_MspInitCallback == NULL) |
||
1277 | { |
||
1278 | htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit; |
||
1279 | } |
||
1280 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
1281 | htim->PWM_MspInitCallback(htim); |
||
1282 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 1283 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
1284 | HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(htim); |
||
50 | mjames | 1285 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 1286 | } |
1287 | |||
1288 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
50 | mjames | 1289 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
30 | mjames | 1290 | |
1291 | /* Init the base time for the PWM */ |
||
1292 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
1293 | |||
50 | mjames | 1294 | /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ |
1295 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
1296 | |||
1297 | /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ |
||
1298 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
1299 | |||
30 | mjames | 1300 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
50 | mjames | 1301 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
30 | mjames | 1302 | |
1303 | return HAL_OK; |
||
1304 | } |
||
1305 | |||
1306 | /** |
||
1307 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral |
||
50 | mjames | 1308 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
30 | mjames | 1309 | * @retval HAL status |
1310 | */ |
||
1311 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
1312 | { |
||
1313 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
1314 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
1315 | |||
1316 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
1317 | |||
1318 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
1319 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
1320 | |||
50 | mjames | 1321 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
1322 | if (htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) |
||
1323 | { |
||
1324 | htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit; |
||
1325 | } |
||
1326 | /* DeInit the low level hardware */ |
||
1327 | htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback(htim); |
||
1328 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 1329 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
1330 | HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
50 | mjames | 1331 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 1332 | |
50 | mjames | 1333 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
1334 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; |
||
1335 | |||
1336 | /* Change the TIM channels state */ |
||
1337 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
1338 | |||
30 | mjames | 1339 | /* Change TIM state */ |
1340 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
1341 | |||
1342 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
1343 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
1344 | |||
1345 | return HAL_OK; |
||
1346 | } |
||
1347 | |||
1348 | /** |
||
1349 | * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM MSP. |
||
50 | mjames | 1350 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
30 | mjames | 1351 | * @retval None |
1352 | */ |
||
1353 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
1354 | { |
||
1355 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
1356 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
1357 | |||
50 | mjames | 1358 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
30 | mjames | 1359 | the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
1360 | */ |
||
1361 | } |
||
1362 | |||
1363 | /** |
||
1364 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM PWM MSP. |
||
50 | mjames | 1365 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
30 | mjames | 1366 | * @retval None |
1367 | */ |
||
1368 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
1369 | { |
||
1370 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
1371 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
1372 | |||
50 | mjames | 1373 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
30 | mjames | 1374 | the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
1375 | */ |
||
1376 | } |
||
1377 | |||
1378 | /** |
||
1379 | * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation. |
||
50 | mjames | 1380 | * @param htim TIM handle |
1381 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
30 | mjames | 1382 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
1383 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
1384 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
1385 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
1386 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
1387 | * @retval HAL status |
||
50 | mjames | 1388 | */ |
30 | mjames | 1389 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
1390 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 1391 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
1392 | |||
30 | mjames | 1393 | /* Check the parameters */ |
1394 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
1395 | |||
50 | mjames | 1396 | /* Check the TIM channel state */ |
1397 | if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
1398 | { |
||
1399 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
1400 | } |
||
1401 | |||
1402 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
1403 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
1404 | |||
30 | mjames | 1405 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
1406 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
1407 | |||
50 | mjames | 1408 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
1409 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
1410 | { |
||
1411 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
1412 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
1413 | { |
||
1414 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
1415 | } |
||
1416 | } |
||
1417 | else |
||
1418 | { |
||
1419 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
1420 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 1421 | |
1422 | /* Return function status */ |
||
1423 | return HAL_OK; |
||
1424 | } |
||
1425 | |||
1426 | /** |
||
1427 | * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation. |
||
50 | mjames | 1428 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
1429 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
30 | mjames | 1430 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
1431 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
1432 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
1433 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
1434 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
1435 | * @retval HAL status |
||
50 | mjames | 1436 | */ |
30 | mjames | 1437 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
1438 | { |
||
1439 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
1440 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
1441 | |||
1442 | /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
1443 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
1444 | |||
1445 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
1446 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
1447 | |||
50 | mjames | 1448 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
1449 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
30 | mjames | 1450 | |
1451 | /* Return function status */ |
||
1452 | return HAL_OK; |
||
1453 | } |
||
1454 | |||
1455 | /** |
||
1456 | * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
50 | mjames | 1457 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
1458 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled |
||
30 | mjames | 1459 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
1460 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
1461 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
1462 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
1463 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
1464 | * @retval HAL status |
||
50 | mjames | 1465 | */ |
30 | mjames | 1466 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
1467 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 1468 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
30 | mjames | 1469 | /* Check the parameters */ |
1470 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
1471 | |||
50 | mjames | 1472 | /* Check the TIM channel state */ |
1473 | if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
1474 | { |
||
1475 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
1476 | } |
||
1477 | |||
1478 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
1479 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
1480 | |||
30 | mjames | 1481 | switch (Channel) |
1482 | { |
||
1483 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
1484 | { |
||
1485 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
1486 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
50 | mjames | 1487 | break; |
30 | mjames | 1488 | } |
1489 | |||
1490 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
1491 | { |
||
1492 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
1493 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
50 | mjames | 1494 | break; |
30 | mjames | 1495 | } |
1496 | |||
1497 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
1498 | { |
||
1499 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
1500 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
50 | mjames | 1501 | break; |
30 | mjames | 1502 | } |
1503 | |||
1504 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
1505 | { |
||
1506 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
1507 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
50 | mjames | 1508 | break; |
30 | mjames | 1509 | } |
1510 | |||
1511 | default: |
||
50 | mjames | 1512 | break; |
30 | mjames | 1513 | } |
1514 | |||
1515 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
1516 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
1517 | |||
50 | mjames | 1518 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
1519 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
1520 | { |
||
1521 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
1522 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
1523 | { |
||
1524 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
1525 | } |
||
1526 | } |
||
1527 | else |
||
1528 | { |
||
1529 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
1530 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 1531 | |
1532 | /* Return function status */ |
||
1533 | return HAL_OK; |
||
1534 | } |
||
1535 | |||
1536 | /** |
||
1537 | * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
50 | mjames | 1538 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
1539 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
30 | mjames | 1540 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
1541 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
1542 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
1543 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
1544 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
1545 | * @retval HAL status |
||
50 | mjames | 1546 | */ |
1547 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
30 | mjames | 1548 | { |
1549 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
1550 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
1551 | |||
1552 | switch (Channel) |
||
1553 | { |
||
1554 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
1555 | { |
||
1556 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
1557 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
50 | mjames | 1558 | break; |
30 | mjames | 1559 | } |
1560 | |||
1561 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
1562 | { |
||
1563 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
1564 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
50 | mjames | 1565 | break; |
30 | mjames | 1566 | } |
1567 | |||
1568 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
1569 | { |
||
1570 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
1571 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
50 | mjames | 1572 | break; |
30 | mjames | 1573 | } |
1574 | |||
1575 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
1576 | { |
||
1577 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
1578 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
50 | mjames | 1579 | break; |
30 | mjames | 1580 | } |
1581 | |||
1582 | default: |
||
50 | mjames | 1583 | break; |
30 | mjames | 1584 | } |
1585 | |||
1586 | /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
1587 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
1588 | |||
1589 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
1590 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
1591 | |||
50 | mjames | 1592 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
1593 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
1594 | |||
30 | mjames | 1595 | /* Return function status */ |
1596 | return HAL_OK; |
||
1597 | } |
||
1598 | |||
1599 | /** |
||
1600 | * @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. |
||
50 | mjames | 1601 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
1602 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
30 | mjames | 1603 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
1604 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
1605 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
1606 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
1607 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
50 | mjames | 1608 | * @param pData The source Buffer address. |
1609 | * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral |
||
30 | mjames | 1610 | * @retval HAL status |
50 | mjames | 1611 | */ |
30 | mjames | 1612 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) |
1613 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 1614 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
1615 | |||
30 | mjames | 1616 | /* Check the parameters */ |
1617 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
1618 | |||
50 | mjames | 1619 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
1620 | if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
||
30 | mjames | 1621 | { |
50 | mjames | 1622 | return HAL_BUSY; |
30 | mjames | 1623 | } |
50 | mjames | 1624 | else if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
30 | mjames | 1625 | { |
50 | mjames | 1626 | if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U)) |
30 | mjames | 1627 | { |
1628 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
1629 | } |
||
1630 | else |
||
1631 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 1632 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
30 | mjames | 1633 | } |
1634 | } |
||
1635 | else |
||
1636 | { |
||
1637 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
1638 | } |
||
1639 | |||
1640 | switch (Channel) |
||
1641 | { |
||
1642 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
1643 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 1644 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
30 | mjames | 1645 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
50 | mjames | 1646 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
30 | mjames | 1647 | |
1648 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
1649 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
1650 | |||
1651 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
61 | mjames | 1652 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, |
1653 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
50 | mjames | 1654 | { |
61 | mjames | 1655 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 1656 | return HAL_ERROR; |
1657 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 1658 | |
1659 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
1660 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
50 | mjames | 1661 | break; |
30 | mjames | 1662 | } |
1663 | |||
1664 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
1665 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 1666 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
30 | mjames | 1667 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
50 | mjames | 1668 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
30 | mjames | 1669 | |
1670 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
1671 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
1672 | |||
1673 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
61 | mjames | 1674 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, |
1675 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
50 | mjames | 1676 | { |
61 | mjames | 1677 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 1678 | return HAL_ERROR; |
1679 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 1680 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
1681 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
50 | mjames | 1682 | break; |
30 | mjames | 1683 | } |
1684 | |||
1685 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
1686 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 1687 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
30 | mjames | 1688 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
50 | mjames | 1689 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
30 | mjames | 1690 | |
1691 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
1692 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
1693 | |||
1694 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
61 | mjames | 1695 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, |
1696 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
50 | mjames | 1697 | { |
61 | mjames | 1698 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 1699 | return HAL_ERROR; |
1700 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 1701 | /* Enable the TIM Output Capture/Compare 3 request */ |
1702 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
50 | mjames | 1703 | break; |
30 | mjames | 1704 | } |
1705 | |||
1706 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
1707 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 1708 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
30 | mjames | 1709 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
50 | mjames | 1710 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
30 | mjames | 1711 | |
1712 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
1713 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
1714 | |||
1715 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
61 | mjames | 1716 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, |
1717 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
50 | mjames | 1718 | { |
61 | mjames | 1719 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 1720 | return HAL_ERROR; |
1721 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 1722 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ |
1723 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
50 | mjames | 1724 | break; |
30 | mjames | 1725 | } |
1726 | |||
1727 | default: |
||
50 | mjames | 1728 | break; |
30 | mjames | 1729 | } |
1730 | |||
1731 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
1732 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
1733 | |||
50 | mjames | 1734 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
1735 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
1736 | { |
||
1737 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
1738 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
1739 | { |
||
1740 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
1741 | } |
||
1742 | } |
||
1743 | else |
||
1744 | { |
||
1745 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
1746 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 1747 | |
1748 | /* Return function status */ |
||
1749 | return HAL_OK; |
||
1750 | } |
||
1751 | |||
1752 | /** |
||
1753 | * @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. |
||
50 | mjames | 1754 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
1755 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
30 | mjames | 1756 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
1757 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
1758 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
1759 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
1760 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
1761 | * @retval HAL status |
||
50 | mjames | 1762 | */ |
30 | mjames | 1763 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
1764 | { |
||
1765 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
1766 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
1767 | |||
1768 | switch (Channel) |
||
1769 | { |
||
1770 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
1771 | { |
||
1772 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
1773 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
50 | mjames | 1774 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
1775 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 1776 | } |
1777 | |||
1778 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
1779 | { |
||
1780 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
||
1781 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
50 | mjames | 1782 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
1783 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 1784 | } |
1785 | |||
1786 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
1787 | { |
||
1788 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
||
1789 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
50 | mjames | 1790 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); |
1791 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 1792 | } |
1793 | |||
1794 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
1795 | { |
||
1796 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
1797 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
50 | mjames | 1798 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); |
1799 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 1800 | } |
1801 | |||
1802 | default: |
||
50 | mjames | 1803 | break; |
30 | mjames | 1804 | } |
1805 | |||
1806 | /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
1807 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
1808 | |||
1809 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
1810 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
1811 | |||
50 | mjames | 1812 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
1813 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
30 | mjames | 1814 | |
1815 | /* Return function status */ |
||
1816 | return HAL_OK; |
||
1817 | } |
||
1818 | |||
1819 | /** |
||
1820 | * @} |
||
1821 | */ |
||
1822 | |||
50 | mjames | 1823 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group4 TIM Input Capture functions |
1824 | * @brief TIM Input Capture functions |
||
1825 | * |
||
30 | mjames | 1826 | @verbatim |
1827 | ============================================================================== |
||
50 | mjames | 1828 | ##### TIM Input Capture functions ##### |
30 | mjames | 1829 | ============================================================================== |
1830 | [..] |
||
1831 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
1832 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Input Capture. |
||
1833 | (+) De-initialize the TIM Input Capture. |
||
50 | mjames | 1834 | (+) Start the TIM Input Capture. |
1835 | (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture. |
||
1836 | (+) Start the TIM Input Capture and enable interrupt. |
||
1837 | (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable interrupt. |
||
1838 | (+) Start the TIM Input Capture and enable DMA transfer. |
||
1839 | (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable DMA transfer. |
||
30 | mjames | 1840 | |
1841 | @endverbatim |
||
1842 | * @{ |
||
1843 | */ |
||
1844 | /** |
||
1845 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Time base according to the specified |
||
50 | mjames | 1846 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle. |
1847 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
1848 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
1849 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
1850 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_IC_Init() |
||
1851 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
||
30 | mjames | 1852 | * @retval HAL status |
1853 | */ |
||
1854 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
1855 | { |
||
1856 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
50 | mjames | 1857 | if (htim == NULL) |
30 | mjames | 1858 | { |
1859 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
1860 | } |
||
1861 | |||
1862 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
1863 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
1864 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
1865 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
50 | mjames | 1866 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
30 | mjames | 1867 | |
50 | mjames | 1868 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
30 | mjames | 1869 | { |
1870 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
1871 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
1872 | |||
50 | mjames | 1873 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
1874 | /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
1875 | TIM_ResetCallback(htim); |
||
1876 | |||
1877 | if (htim->IC_MspInitCallback == NULL) |
||
1878 | { |
||
1879 | htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit; |
||
1880 | } |
||
1881 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
1882 | htim->IC_MspInitCallback(htim); |
||
1883 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 1884 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
1885 | HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(htim); |
||
50 | mjames | 1886 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 1887 | } |
1888 | |||
1889 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
50 | mjames | 1890 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
30 | mjames | 1891 | |
1892 | /* Init the base time for the input capture */ |
||
1893 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
1894 | |||
50 | mjames | 1895 | /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ |
1896 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
1897 | |||
1898 | /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ |
||
1899 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
1900 | |||
30 | mjames | 1901 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
50 | mjames | 1902 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
30 | mjames | 1903 | |
1904 | return HAL_OK; |
||
1905 | } |
||
1906 | |||
1907 | /** |
||
1908 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral |
||
50 | mjames | 1909 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
30 | mjames | 1910 | * @retval HAL status |
1911 | */ |
||
1912 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
1913 | { |
||
1914 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
1915 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
1916 | |||
1917 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
1918 | |||
1919 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
1920 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
1921 | |||
50 | mjames | 1922 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
1923 | if (htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) |
||
1924 | { |
||
1925 | htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit; |
||
1926 | } |
||
1927 | /* DeInit the low level hardware */ |
||
1928 | htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback(htim); |
||
1929 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 1930 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
1931 | HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
50 | mjames | 1932 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 1933 | |
50 | mjames | 1934 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
1935 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; |
||
1936 | |||
1937 | /* Change the TIM channels state */ |
||
1938 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
1939 | |||
30 | mjames | 1940 | /* Change TIM state */ |
1941 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
1942 | |||
1943 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
1944 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
1945 | |||
1946 | return HAL_OK; |
||
1947 | } |
||
1948 | |||
1949 | /** |
||
1950 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture MSP. |
||
50 | mjames | 1951 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
30 | mjames | 1952 | * @retval None |
1953 | */ |
||
1954 | __weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
1955 | { |
||
1956 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
1957 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
1958 | |||
50 | mjames | 1959 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
30 | mjames | 1960 | the HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
1961 | */ |
||
1962 | } |
||
1963 | |||
1964 | /** |
||
1965 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM Input Capture MSP. |
||
50 | mjames | 1966 | * @param htim TIM handle |
30 | mjames | 1967 | * @retval None |
1968 | */ |
||
1969 | __weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
1970 | { |
||
1971 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
1972 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
1973 | |||
50 | mjames | 1974 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
30 | mjames | 1975 | the HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
1976 | */ |
||
1977 | } |
||
1978 | |||
1979 | /** |
||
1980 | * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement. |
||
50 | mjames | 1981 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
1982 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
30 | mjames | 1983 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
1984 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
1985 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
1986 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
1987 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
1988 | * @retval HAL status |
||
50 | mjames | 1989 | */ |
1990 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
30 | mjames | 1991 | { |
50 | mjames | 1992 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
1993 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); |
||
1994 | |||
30 | mjames | 1995 | /* Check the parameters */ |
1996 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
1997 | |||
50 | mjames | 1998 | /* Check the TIM channel state */ |
1999 | if (channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
2000 | { |
||
2001 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
2002 | } |
||
2003 | |||
2004 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
2005 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
2006 | |||
30 | mjames | 2007 | /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ |
2008 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
2009 | |||
50 | mjames | 2010 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
2011 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
2012 | { |
||
2013 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
2014 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
2015 | { |
||
2016 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
2017 | } |
||
2018 | } |
||
2019 | else |
||
2020 | { |
||
2021 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
2022 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 2023 | |
2024 | /* Return function status */ |
||
2025 | return HAL_OK; |
||
2026 | } |
||
2027 | |||
2028 | /** |
||
2029 | * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement. |
||
50 | mjames | 2030 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
2031 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
30 | mjames | 2032 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
2033 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
2034 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
2035 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
2036 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
2037 | * @retval HAL status |
||
50 | mjames | 2038 | */ |
30 | mjames | 2039 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
2040 | { |
||
2041 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
2042 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
2043 | |||
2044 | /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ |
||
2045 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
2046 | |||
2047 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
2048 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
2049 | |||
50 | mjames | 2050 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
2051 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
2052 | |||
30 | mjames | 2053 | /* Return function status */ |
2054 | return HAL_OK; |
||
2055 | } |
||
2056 | |||
2057 | /** |
||
2058 | * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. |
||
50 | mjames | 2059 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
2060 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
30 | mjames | 2061 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
2062 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
2063 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
2064 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
2065 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
2066 | * @retval HAL status |
||
50 | mjames | 2067 | */ |
2068 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
30 | mjames | 2069 | { |
50 | mjames | 2070 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
2071 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); |
||
2072 | |||
30 | mjames | 2073 | /* Check the parameters */ |
2074 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
2075 | |||
50 | mjames | 2076 | /* Check the TIM channel state */ |
2077 | if (channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
2078 | { |
||
2079 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
2080 | } |
||
2081 | |||
2082 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
2083 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
2084 | |||
30 | mjames | 2085 | switch (Channel) |
2086 | { |
||
2087 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
2088 | { |
||
2089 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
2090 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
50 | mjames | 2091 | break; |
30 | mjames | 2092 | } |
2093 | |||
2094 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
2095 | { |
||
2096 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
2097 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
50 | mjames | 2098 | break; |
30 | mjames | 2099 | } |
2100 | |||
2101 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
2102 | { |
||
2103 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
2104 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
50 | mjames | 2105 | break; |
30 | mjames | 2106 | } |
2107 | |||
2108 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
2109 | { |
||
2110 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
2111 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
50 | mjames | 2112 | break; |
30 | mjames | 2113 | } |
2114 | |||
2115 | default: |
||
50 | mjames | 2116 | break; |
30 | mjames | 2117 | } |
2118 | /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ |
||
2119 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
2120 | |||
50 | mjames | 2121 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
2122 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
2123 | { |
||
2124 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
2125 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
2126 | { |
||
2127 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
2128 | } |
||
2129 | } |
||
2130 | else |
||
2131 | { |
||
2132 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
2133 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 2134 | |
2135 | /* Return function status */ |
||
2136 | return HAL_OK; |
||
2137 | } |
||
2138 | |||
2139 | /** |
||
2140 | * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. |
||
50 | mjames | 2141 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
2142 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
30 | mjames | 2143 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
2144 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
2145 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
2146 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
2147 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
2148 | * @retval HAL status |
||
50 | mjames | 2149 | */ |
30 | mjames | 2150 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
2151 | { |
||
2152 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
2153 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
2154 | |||
2155 | switch (Channel) |
||
2156 | { |
||
2157 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
2158 | { |
||
2159 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
2160 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
50 | mjames | 2161 | break; |
30 | mjames | 2162 | } |
2163 | |||
2164 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
2165 | { |
||
2166 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
2167 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
50 | mjames | 2168 | break; |
30 | mjames | 2169 | } |
2170 | |||
2171 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
2172 | { |
||
2173 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
2174 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
50 | mjames | 2175 | break; |
30 | mjames | 2176 | } |
2177 | |||
2178 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
2179 | { |
||
2180 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
2181 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
50 | mjames | 2182 | break; |
30 | mjames | 2183 | } |
2184 | |||
2185 | default: |
||
50 | mjames | 2186 | break; |
30 | mjames | 2187 | } |
2188 | |||
2189 | /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ |
||
2190 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
2191 | |||
2192 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
2193 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
2194 | |||
50 | mjames | 2195 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
2196 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
2197 | |||
30 | mjames | 2198 | /* Return function status */ |
2199 | return HAL_OK; |
||
2200 | } |
||
2201 | |||
2202 | /** |
||
2203 | * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode. |
||
50 | mjames | 2204 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
2205 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
30 | mjames | 2206 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
2207 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
2208 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
2209 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
2210 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
50 | mjames | 2211 | * @param pData The destination Buffer address. |
2212 | * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. |
||
30 | mjames | 2213 | * @retval HAL status |
50 | mjames | 2214 | */ |
30 | mjames | 2215 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) |
2216 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 2217 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
2218 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); |
||
2219 | |||
30 | mjames | 2220 | /* Check the parameters */ |
2221 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
2222 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
2223 | |||
50 | mjames | 2224 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
2225 | if (channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
||
30 | mjames | 2226 | { |
50 | mjames | 2227 | return HAL_BUSY; |
30 | mjames | 2228 | } |
50 | mjames | 2229 | if (channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
30 | mjames | 2230 | { |
50 | mjames | 2231 | if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U)) |
30 | mjames | 2232 | { |
2233 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
2234 | } |
||
2235 | else |
||
2236 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 2237 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
30 | mjames | 2238 | } |
2239 | } |
||
2240 | else |
||
2241 | { |
||
2242 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
2243 | } |
||
2244 | |||
61 | mjames | 2245 | /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ |
2246 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
2247 | |||
2248 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
||
2249 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
2250 | { |
||
2251 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
2252 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
2253 | { |
||
2254 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
2255 | } |
||
2256 | } |
||
2257 | else |
||
2258 | { |
||
2259 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
2260 | } |
||
2261 | |||
30 | mjames | 2262 | switch (Channel) |
2263 | { |
||
2264 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
2265 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 2266 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
30 | mjames | 2267 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
50 | mjames | 2268 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
30 | mjames | 2269 | |
2270 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
2271 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
2272 | |||
2273 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
61 | mjames | 2274 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, |
2275 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
50 | mjames | 2276 | { |
61 | mjames | 2277 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 2278 | return HAL_ERROR; |
2279 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 2280 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
2281 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
50 | mjames | 2282 | break; |
30 | mjames | 2283 | } |
2284 | |||
2285 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
2286 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 2287 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
30 | mjames | 2288 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
50 | mjames | 2289 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
30 | mjames | 2290 | |
2291 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
2292 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
2293 | |||
2294 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
61 | mjames | 2295 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData, |
2296 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
50 | mjames | 2297 | { |
61 | mjames | 2298 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 2299 | return HAL_ERROR; |
2300 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 2301 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
2302 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
50 | mjames | 2303 | break; |
30 | mjames | 2304 | } |
2305 | |||
2306 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
2307 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 2308 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
30 | mjames | 2309 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
50 | mjames | 2310 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
30 | mjames | 2311 | |
2312 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
2313 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
2314 | |||
2315 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
61 | mjames | 2316 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, (uint32_t)pData, |
2317 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
50 | mjames | 2318 | { |
61 | mjames | 2319 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 2320 | return HAL_ERROR; |
2321 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 2322 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
2323 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
50 | mjames | 2324 | break; |
30 | mjames | 2325 | } |
2326 | |||
2327 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
2328 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 2329 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
30 | mjames | 2330 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
50 | mjames | 2331 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
30 | mjames | 2332 | |
2333 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
2334 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
2335 | |||
2336 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
61 | mjames | 2337 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, (uint32_t)pData, |
2338 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
50 | mjames | 2339 | { |
61 | mjames | 2340 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 2341 | return HAL_ERROR; |
2342 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 2343 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ |
2344 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
50 | mjames | 2345 | break; |
30 | mjames | 2346 | } |
2347 | |||
2348 | default: |
||
50 | mjames | 2349 | break; |
30 | mjames | 2350 | } |
2351 | |||
2352 | /* Return function status */ |
||
2353 | return HAL_OK; |
||
2354 | } |
||
2355 | |||
2356 | /** |
||
2357 | * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode. |
||
50 | mjames | 2358 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
2359 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
30 | mjames | 2360 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
2361 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
2362 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
2363 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
2364 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
2365 | * @retval HAL status |
||
50 | mjames | 2366 | */ |
30 | mjames | 2367 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
2368 | { |
||
2369 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
2370 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
2371 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
2372 | |||
50 | mjames | 2373 | /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ |
2374 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
2375 | |||
30 | mjames | 2376 | switch (Channel) |
2377 | { |
||
2378 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
2379 | { |
||
2380 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
2381 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
50 | mjames | 2382 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
2383 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 2384 | } |
2385 | |||
2386 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
2387 | { |
||
2388 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
||
2389 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
50 | mjames | 2390 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
2391 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 2392 | } |
2393 | |||
2394 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
2395 | { |
||
2396 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
||
2397 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
50 | mjames | 2398 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); |
2399 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 2400 | } |
2401 | |||
2402 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
2403 | { |
||
2404 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ |
||
2405 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
50 | mjames | 2406 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); |
2407 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 2408 | } |
2409 | |||
2410 | default: |
||
50 | mjames | 2411 | break; |
30 | mjames | 2412 | } |
2413 | |||
2414 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
2415 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
2416 | |||
50 | mjames | 2417 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
2418 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
30 | mjames | 2419 | |
2420 | /* Return function status */ |
||
2421 | return HAL_OK; |
||
2422 | } |
||
2423 | /** |
||
2424 | * @} |
||
2425 | */ |
||
2426 | |||
50 | mjames | 2427 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group5 TIM One Pulse functions |
2428 | * @brief TIM One Pulse functions |
||
2429 | * |
||
30 | mjames | 2430 | @verbatim |
2431 | ============================================================================== |
||
50 | mjames | 2432 | ##### TIM One Pulse functions ##### |
30 | mjames | 2433 | ============================================================================== |
2434 | [..] |
||
2435 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
2436 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM One Pulse. |
||
2437 | (+) De-initialize the TIM One Pulse. |
||
50 | mjames | 2438 | (+) Start the TIM One Pulse. |
2439 | (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse. |
||
2440 | (+) Start the TIM One Pulse and enable interrupt. |
||
2441 | (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable interrupt. |
||
2442 | (+) Start the TIM One Pulse and enable DMA transfer. |
||
2443 | (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable DMA transfer. |
||
30 | mjames | 2444 | |
2445 | @endverbatim |
||
2446 | * @{ |
||
2447 | */ |
||
2448 | /** |
||
2449 | * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Time Base according to the specified |
||
50 | mjames | 2450 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle. |
2451 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
2452 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
2453 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
2454 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init() |
||
2455 | * @note When the timer instance is initialized in One Pulse mode, timer |
||
2456 | * channels 1 and channel 2 are reserved and cannot be used for other |
||
2457 | * purpose. |
||
2458 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
||
2459 | * @param OnePulseMode Select the One pulse mode. |
||
30 | mjames | 2460 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
2461 | * @arg TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE: Only one pulse will be generated. |
||
50 | mjames | 2462 | * @arg TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE: Repetitive pulses will be generated. |
30 | mjames | 2463 | * @retval HAL status |
2464 | */ |
||
2465 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OnePulseMode) |
||
2466 | { |
||
2467 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
50 | mjames | 2468 | if (htim == NULL) |
30 | mjames | 2469 | { |
2470 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
2471 | } |
||
2472 | |||
2473 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
2474 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
2475 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
2476 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
2477 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(OnePulseMode)); |
||
50 | mjames | 2478 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
30 | mjames | 2479 | |
50 | mjames | 2480 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
30 | mjames | 2481 | { |
2482 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
2483 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
2484 | |||
50 | mjames | 2485 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
2486 | /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
2487 | TIM_ResetCallback(htim); |
||
2488 | |||
2489 | if (htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback == NULL) |
||
2490 | { |
||
2491 | htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit; |
||
2492 | } |
||
2493 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
2494 | htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback(htim); |
||
2495 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 2496 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
2497 | HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(htim); |
||
50 | mjames | 2498 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 2499 | } |
2500 | |||
2501 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
50 | mjames | 2502 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
30 | mjames | 2503 | |
2504 | /* Configure the Time base in the One Pulse Mode */ |
||
2505 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
2506 | |||
2507 | /* Reset the OPM Bit */ |
||
2508 | htim->Instance->CR1 &= ~TIM_CR1_OPM; |
||
2509 | |||
2510 | /* Configure the OPM Mode */ |
||
2511 | htim->Instance->CR1 |= OnePulseMode; |
||
2512 | |||
50 | mjames | 2513 | /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ |
2514 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
2515 | |||
2516 | /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ |
||
2517 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
2518 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
2519 | |||
30 | mjames | 2520 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
50 | mjames | 2521 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
30 | mjames | 2522 | |
2523 | return HAL_OK; |
||
2524 | } |
||
2525 | |||
2526 | /** |
||
2527 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM One Pulse |
||
50 | mjames | 2528 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
30 | mjames | 2529 | * @retval HAL status |
2530 | */ |
||
2531 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
2532 | { |
||
2533 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
2534 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
2535 | |||
2536 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
2537 | |||
2538 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
2539 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
2540 | |||
50 | mjames | 2541 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
2542 | if (htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) |
||
2543 | { |
||
2544 | htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit; |
||
2545 | } |
||
2546 | /* DeInit the low level hardware */ |
||
2547 | htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback(htim); |
||
2548 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 2549 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
2550 | HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
50 | mjames | 2551 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 2552 | |
50 | mjames | 2553 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
2554 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; |
||
2555 | |||
2556 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
2557 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
2558 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
2559 | |||
30 | mjames | 2560 | /* Change TIM state */ |
2561 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
2562 | |||
2563 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
2564 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
2565 | |||
2566 | return HAL_OK; |
||
2567 | } |
||
2568 | |||
2569 | /** |
||
2570 | * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse MSP. |
||
50 | mjames | 2571 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
30 | mjames | 2572 | * @retval None |
2573 | */ |
||
2574 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
2575 | { |
||
2576 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
2577 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
2578 | |||
50 | mjames | 2579 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
30 | mjames | 2580 | the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
2581 | */ |
||
2582 | } |
||
2583 | |||
2584 | /** |
||
2585 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM One Pulse MSP. |
||
50 | mjames | 2586 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
30 | mjames | 2587 | * @retval None |
2588 | */ |
||
2589 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
2590 | { |
||
2591 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
2592 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
2593 | |||
50 | mjames | 2594 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
30 | mjames | 2595 | the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
2596 | */ |
||
2597 | } |
||
2598 | |||
2599 | /** |
||
2600 | * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation. |
||
61 | mjames | 2601 | * @note Though OutputChannel parameter is deprecated and ignored by the function |
2602 | * it has been kept to avoid HAL_TIM API compatibility break. |
||
2603 | * @note The pulse output channel is determined when calling |
||
2604 | * @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(). |
||
50 | mjames | 2605 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
61 | mjames | 2606 | * @param OutputChannel See note above |
30 | mjames | 2607 | * @retval HAL status |
50 | mjames | 2608 | */ |
30 | mjames | 2609 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) |
2610 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 2611 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
2612 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
2613 | |||
2614 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
2615 | UNUSED(OutputChannel); |
||
2616 | |||
2617 | /* Check the TIM channels state */ |
||
2618 | if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
61 | mjames | 2619 | || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
50 | mjames | 2620 | { |
2621 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
2622 | } |
||
2623 | |||
2624 | /* Set the TIM channels state */ |
||
2625 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
2626 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
2627 | |||
30 | mjames | 2628 | /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels |
2629 | (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
2630 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and |
||
2631 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output |
||
61 | mjames | 2632 | whatever the combination, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together |
30 | mjames | 2633 | |
2634 | No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware |
||
2635 | (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ |
||
2636 | |||
2637 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
2638 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
2639 | |||
2640 | /* Return function status */ |
||
2641 | return HAL_OK; |
||
2642 | } |
||
2643 | |||
2644 | /** |
||
2645 | * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation. |
||
61 | mjames | 2646 | * @note Though OutputChannel parameter is deprecated and ignored by the function |
2647 | * it has been kept to avoid HAL_TIM API compatibility break. |
||
2648 | * @note The pulse output channel is determined when calling |
||
2649 | * @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(). |
||
50 | mjames | 2650 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
61 | mjames | 2651 | * @param OutputChannel See note above |
30 | mjames | 2652 | * @retval HAL status |
50 | mjames | 2653 | */ |
30 | mjames | 2654 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) |
2655 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 2656 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
2657 | UNUSED(OutputChannel); |
||
2658 | |||
30 | mjames | 2659 | /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels |
2660 | (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
2661 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and |
||
2662 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output |
||
61 | mjames | 2663 | whatever the combination, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ |
30 | mjames | 2664 | |
2665 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
2666 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
2667 | |||
2668 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
2669 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
2670 | |||
50 | mjames | 2671 | /* Set the TIM channels state */ |
2672 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
2673 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
2674 | |||
30 | mjames | 2675 | /* Return function status */ |
2676 | return HAL_OK; |
||
2677 | } |
||
2678 | |||
2679 | /** |
||
2680 | * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
61 | mjames | 2681 | * @note Though OutputChannel parameter is deprecated and ignored by the function |
2682 | * it has been kept to avoid HAL_TIM API compatibility break. |
||
2683 | * @note The pulse output channel is determined when calling |
||
2684 | * @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(). |
||
50 | mjames | 2685 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
61 | mjames | 2686 | * @param OutputChannel See note above |
30 | mjames | 2687 | * @retval HAL status |
50 | mjames | 2688 | */ |
30 | mjames | 2689 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) |
2690 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 2691 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
2692 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
2693 | |||
2694 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
2695 | UNUSED(OutputChannel); |
||
2696 | |||
2697 | /* Check the TIM channels state */ |
||
2698 | if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
61 | mjames | 2699 | || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
50 | mjames | 2700 | { |
2701 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
2702 | } |
||
2703 | |||
2704 | /* Set the TIM channels state */ |
||
2705 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
2706 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
2707 | |||
30 | mjames | 2708 | /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels |
2709 | (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
2710 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and |
||
2711 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output |
||
61 | mjames | 2712 | whatever the combination, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together |
30 | mjames | 2713 | |
2714 | No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware |
||
2715 | (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ |
||
2716 | |||
2717 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
2718 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
2719 | |||
2720 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
2721 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
2722 | |||
2723 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
2724 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
2725 | |||
2726 | /* Return function status */ |
||
2727 | return HAL_OK; |
||
2728 | } |
||
2729 | |||
2730 | /** |
||
2731 | * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
61 | mjames | 2732 | * @note Though OutputChannel parameter is deprecated and ignored by the function |
2733 | * it has been kept to avoid HAL_TIM API compatibility break. |
||
2734 | * @note The pulse output channel is determined when calling |
||
2735 | * @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(). |
||
50 | mjames | 2736 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
61 | mjames | 2737 | * @param OutputChannel See note above |
30 | mjames | 2738 | * @retval HAL status |
50 | mjames | 2739 | */ |
30 | mjames | 2740 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) |
2741 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 2742 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
2743 | UNUSED(OutputChannel); |
||
2744 | |||
30 | mjames | 2745 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
2746 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
2747 | |||
2748 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
2749 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
2750 | |||
2751 | /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels |
||
2752 | (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
2753 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and |
||
2754 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output |
||
61 | mjames | 2755 | whatever the combination, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ |
30 | mjames | 2756 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
2757 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
2758 | |||
2759 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
50 | mjames | 2760 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
30 | mjames | 2761 | |
50 | mjames | 2762 | /* Set the TIM channels state */ |
2763 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
2764 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
2765 | |||
30 | mjames | 2766 | /* Return function status */ |
2767 | return HAL_OK; |
||
2768 | } |
||
2769 | |||
2770 | /** |
||
2771 | * @} |
||
2772 | */ |
||
2773 | |||
50 | mjames | 2774 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group6 TIM Encoder functions |
2775 | * @brief TIM Encoder functions |
||
2776 | * |
||
30 | mjames | 2777 | @verbatim |
2778 | ============================================================================== |
||
50 | mjames | 2779 | ##### TIM Encoder functions ##### |
30 | mjames | 2780 | ============================================================================== |
2781 | [..] |
||
2782 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
2783 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Encoder. |
||
2784 | (+) De-initialize the TIM Encoder. |
||
50 | mjames | 2785 | (+) Start the TIM Encoder. |
2786 | (+) Stop the TIM Encoder. |
||
2787 | (+) Start the TIM Encoder and enable interrupt. |
||
2788 | (+) Stop the TIM Encoder and disable interrupt. |
||
2789 | (+) Start the TIM Encoder and enable DMA transfer. |
||
2790 | (+) Stop the TIM Encoder and disable DMA transfer. |
||
30 | mjames | 2791 | |
2792 | @endverbatim |
||
2793 | * @{ |
||
2794 | */ |
||
2795 | /** |
||
50 | mjames | 2796 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface and initialize the associated handle. |
2797 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
2798 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
2799 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
2800 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init() |
||
2801 | * @note Encoder mode and External clock mode 2 are not compatible and must not be selected together |
||
2802 | * Ex: A call for @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init will erase the settings of @ref HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource |
||
2803 | * using TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2 and vice versa |
||
2804 | * @note When the timer instance is initialized in Encoder mode, timer |
||
2805 | * channels 1 and channel 2 are reserved and cannot be used for other |
||
2806 | * purpose. |
||
2807 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
||
2808 | * @param sConfig TIM Encoder Interface configuration structure |
||
30 | mjames | 2809 | * @retval HAL status |
2810 | */ |
||
50 | mjames | 2811 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef *sConfig) |
30 | mjames | 2812 | { |
50 | mjames | 2813 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
2814 | uint32_t tmpccmr1; |
||
2815 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
30 | mjames | 2816 | |
2817 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
50 | mjames | 2818 | if (htim == NULL) |
30 | mjames | 2819 | { |
2820 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
2821 | } |
||
2822 | |||
2823 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
50 | mjames | 2824 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
2825 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
2826 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
2827 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
||
30 | mjames | 2828 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(sConfig->EncoderMode)); |
2829 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC1Selection)); |
||
2830 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC2Selection)); |
||
50 | mjames | 2831 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODERINPUT_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity)); |
2832 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODERINPUT_POLARITY(sConfig->IC2Polarity)); |
||
30 | mjames | 2833 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler)); |
2834 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC2Prescaler)); |
||
2835 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter)); |
||
2836 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC2Filter)); |
||
2837 | |||
50 | mjames | 2838 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
30 | mjames | 2839 | { |
2840 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
2841 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
2842 | |||
50 | mjames | 2843 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
2844 | /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
2845 | TIM_ResetCallback(htim); |
||
2846 | |||
2847 | if (htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback == NULL) |
||
2848 | { |
||
2849 | htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit; |
||
2850 | } |
||
2851 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
2852 | htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback(htim); |
||
2853 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 2854 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
2855 | HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(htim); |
||
50 | mjames | 2856 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 2857 | } |
2858 | |||
2859 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
50 | mjames | 2860 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
30 | mjames | 2861 | |
50 | mjames | 2862 | /* Reset the SMS and ECE bits */ |
2863 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_ECE); |
||
30 | mjames | 2864 | |
2865 | /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */ |
||
2866 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
2867 | |||
2868 | /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ |
||
2869 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; |
||
2870 | |||
2871 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ |
||
2872 | tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; |
||
2873 | |||
2874 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
2875 | tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; |
||
2876 | |||
2877 | /* Set the encoder Mode */ |
||
2878 | tmpsmcr |= sConfig->EncoderMode; |
||
2879 | |||
2880 | /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */ |
||
2881 | tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S); |
||
50 | mjames | 2882 | tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Selection | (sConfig->IC2Selection << 8U)); |
30 | mjames | 2883 | |
50 | mjames | 2884 | /* Set the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 prescalers and filters */ |
30 | mjames | 2885 | tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC); |
2886 | tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); |
||
50 | mjames | 2887 | tmpccmr1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler | (sConfig->IC2Prescaler << 8U); |
2888 | tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Filter << 4U) | (sConfig->IC2Filter << 12U); |
||
30 | mjames | 2889 | |
2890 | /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */ |
||
2891 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC2P); |
||
2892 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1NP | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); |
||
50 | mjames | 2893 | tmpccer |= sConfig->IC1Polarity | (sConfig->IC2Polarity << 4U); |
30 | mjames | 2894 | |
2895 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
2896 | htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
2897 | |||
2898 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ |
||
2899 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; |
||
2900 | |||
2901 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
2902 | htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
2903 | |||
50 | mjames | 2904 | /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ |
2905 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
2906 | |||
2907 | /* Set the TIM channels state */ |
||
2908 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
2909 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
2910 | |||
30 | mjames | 2911 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
50 | mjames | 2912 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
30 | mjames | 2913 | |
2914 | return HAL_OK; |
||
2915 | } |
||
2916 | |||
2917 | |||
2918 | /** |
||
2919 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Encoder interface |
||
50 | mjames | 2920 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
30 | mjames | 2921 | * @retval HAL status |
2922 | */ |
||
2923 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
2924 | { |
||
2925 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
2926 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
2927 | |||
2928 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
2929 | |||
2930 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
2931 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
2932 | |||
50 | mjames | 2933 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
2934 | if (htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) |
||
2935 | { |
||
2936 | htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit; |
||
2937 | } |
||
2938 | /* DeInit the low level hardware */ |
||
2939 | htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback(htim); |
||
2940 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 2941 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
2942 | HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
50 | mjames | 2943 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 2944 | |
50 | mjames | 2945 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
2946 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; |
||
2947 | |||
2948 | /* Set the TIM channels state */ |
||
2949 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
2950 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
2951 | |||
30 | mjames | 2952 | /* Change TIM state */ |
2953 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
2954 | |||
2955 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
2956 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
2957 | |||
2958 | return HAL_OK; |
||
2959 | } |
||
2960 | |||
2961 | /** |
||
2962 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface MSP. |
||
50 | mjames | 2963 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
30 | mjames | 2964 | * @retval None |
2965 | */ |
||
2966 | __weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
2967 | { |
||
2968 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
2969 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
2970 | |||
50 | mjames | 2971 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
30 | mjames | 2972 | the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
2973 | */ |
||
2974 | } |
||
2975 | |||
2976 | /** |
||
2977 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM Encoder Interface MSP. |
||
50 | mjames | 2978 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
30 | mjames | 2979 | * @retval None |
2980 | */ |
||
2981 | __weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
2982 | { |
||
2983 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
2984 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
2985 | |||
50 | mjames | 2986 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
30 | mjames | 2987 | the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
2988 | */ |
||
2989 | } |
||
2990 | |||
2991 | /** |
||
2992 | * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface. |
||
50 | mjames | 2993 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
2994 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
30 | mjames | 2995 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
2996 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
2997 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
2998 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
2999 | * @retval HAL status |
||
50 | mjames | 3000 | */ |
30 | mjames | 3001 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
3002 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 3003 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
3004 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
3005 | |||
30 | mjames | 3006 | /* Check the parameters */ |
50 | mjames | 3007 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
30 | mjames | 3008 | |
50 | mjames | 3009 | /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ |
3010 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
||
3011 | { |
||
3012 | if (channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
3013 | { |
||
3014 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
3015 | } |
||
3016 | else |
||
3017 | { |
||
3018 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
3019 | } |
||
3020 | } |
||
3021 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
3022 | { |
||
3023 | if (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
3024 | { |
||
3025 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
3026 | } |
||
3027 | else |
||
3028 | { |
||
3029 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
3030 | } |
||
3031 | } |
||
3032 | else |
||
3033 | { |
||
3034 | if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
61 | mjames | 3035 | || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
50 | mjames | 3036 | { |
3037 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
3038 | } |
||
3039 | else |
||
3040 | { |
||
3041 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
3042 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
3043 | } |
||
3044 | } |
||
3045 | |||
30 | mjames | 3046 | /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ |
3047 | switch (Channel) |
||
3048 | { |
||
3049 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
50 | mjames | 3050 | { |
3051 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
30 | mjames | 3052 | break; |
50 | mjames | 3053 | } |
3054 | |||
30 | mjames | 3055 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
50 | mjames | 3056 | { |
3057 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
30 | mjames | 3058 | break; |
50 | mjames | 3059 | } |
3060 | |||
30 | mjames | 3061 | default : |
50 | mjames | 3062 | { |
3063 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
3064 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
3065 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 3066 | } |
3067 | } |
||
3068 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
3069 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
3070 | |||
3071 | /* Return function status */ |
||
3072 | return HAL_OK; |
||
3073 | } |
||
3074 | |||
3075 | /** |
||
3076 | * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface. |
||
50 | mjames | 3077 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
3078 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
30 | mjames | 3079 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
3080 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
3081 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
3082 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
3083 | * @retval HAL status |
||
50 | mjames | 3084 | */ |
30 | mjames | 3085 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
3086 | { |
||
3087 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
50 | mjames | 3088 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
30 | mjames | 3089 | |
50 | mjames | 3090 | /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 |
30 | mjames | 3091 | (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ |
3092 | switch (Channel) |
||
3093 | { |
||
3094 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
50 | mjames | 3095 | { |
3096 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
30 | mjames | 3097 | break; |
50 | mjames | 3098 | } |
3099 | |||
30 | mjames | 3100 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
50 | mjames | 3101 | { |
3102 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
30 | mjames | 3103 | break; |
50 | mjames | 3104 | } |
3105 | |||
30 | mjames | 3106 | default : |
50 | mjames | 3107 | { |
3108 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
3109 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
3110 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 3111 | } |
3112 | } |
||
3113 | |||
3114 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
3115 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
3116 | |||
50 | mjames | 3117 | /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ |
3118 | if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)) |
||
3119 | { |
||
3120 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
3121 | } |
||
61 | mjames | 3122 | else |
50 | mjames | 3123 | { |
3124 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
3125 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
3126 | } |
||
3127 | |||
30 | mjames | 3128 | /* Return function status */ |
3129 | return HAL_OK; |
||
3130 | } |
||
3131 | |||
3132 | /** |
||
3133 | * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. |
||
50 | mjames | 3134 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
3135 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
30 | mjames | 3136 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
3137 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
3138 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
3139 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
3140 | * @retval HAL status |
||
50 | mjames | 3141 | */ |
30 | mjames | 3142 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
3143 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 3144 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
3145 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
3146 | |||
30 | mjames | 3147 | /* Check the parameters */ |
50 | mjames | 3148 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
30 | mjames | 3149 | |
50 | mjames | 3150 | /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ |
3151 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
||
3152 | { |
||
3153 | if (channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
3154 | { |
||
3155 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
3156 | } |
||
3157 | else |
||
3158 | { |
||
3159 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
3160 | } |
||
3161 | } |
||
3162 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
3163 | { |
||
3164 | if (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
3165 | { |
||
3166 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
3167 | } |
||
3168 | else |
||
3169 | { |
||
3170 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
3171 | } |
||
3172 | } |
||
3173 | else |
||
3174 | { |
||
3175 | if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
61 | mjames | 3176 | || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
50 | mjames | 3177 | { |
3178 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
3179 | } |
||
3180 | else |
||
3181 | { |
||
3182 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
3183 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
3184 | } |
||
3185 | } |
||
3186 | |||
30 | mjames | 3187 | /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ |
3188 | /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and/or 2 */ |
||
3189 | switch (Channel) |
||
3190 | { |
||
3191 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
50 | mjames | 3192 | { |
3193 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
3194 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
30 | mjames | 3195 | break; |
50 | mjames | 3196 | } |
3197 | |||
30 | mjames | 3198 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
50 | mjames | 3199 | { |
3200 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
3201 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
30 | mjames | 3202 | break; |
50 | mjames | 3203 | } |
3204 | |||
30 | mjames | 3205 | default : |
50 | mjames | 3206 | { |
3207 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
3208 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
3209 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
3210 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
3211 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 3212 | } |
3213 | } |
||
3214 | |||
3215 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
3216 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
3217 | |||
3218 | /* Return function status */ |
||
3219 | return HAL_OK; |
||
3220 | } |
||
3221 | |||
3222 | /** |
||
3223 | * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. |
||
50 | mjames | 3224 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
3225 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
30 | mjames | 3226 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
3227 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
3228 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
3229 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
3230 | * @retval HAL status |
||
50 | mjames | 3231 | */ |
30 | mjames | 3232 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
3233 | { |
||
3234 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
50 | mjames | 3235 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
30 | mjames | 3236 | |
3237 | /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 |
||
3238 | (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ |
||
50 | mjames | 3239 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
30 | mjames | 3240 | { |
3241 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
3242 | |||
3243 | /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 */ |
||
50 | mjames | 3244 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
30 | mjames | 3245 | } |
50 | mjames | 3246 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
30 | mjames | 3247 | { |
3248 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
3249 | |||
3250 | /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 2 */ |
||
50 | mjames | 3251 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
30 | mjames | 3252 | } |
3253 | else |
||
3254 | { |
||
3255 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
3256 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
3257 | |||
3258 | /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and 2 */ |
||
3259 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
3260 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
3261 | } |
||
3262 | |||
3263 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
3264 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
3265 | |||
50 | mjames | 3266 | /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ |
3267 | if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)) |
||
3268 | { |
||
3269 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
3270 | } |
||
61 | mjames | 3271 | else |
50 | mjames | 3272 | { |
3273 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
3274 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
3275 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 3276 | |
3277 | /* Return function status */ |
||
3278 | return HAL_OK; |
||
3279 | } |
||
3280 | |||
3281 | /** |
||
3282 | * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. |
||
50 | mjames | 3283 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
3284 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
30 | mjames | 3285 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
3286 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
3287 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
3288 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
50 | mjames | 3289 | * @param pData1 The destination Buffer address for IC1. |
3290 | * @param pData2 The destination Buffer address for IC2. |
||
3291 | * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. |
||
30 | mjames | 3292 | * @retval HAL status |
50 | mjames | 3293 | */ |
3294 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData1, |
||
3295 | uint32_t *pData2, uint16_t Length) |
||
30 | mjames | 3296 | { |
50 | mjames | 3297 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
3298 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
3299 | |||
30 | mjames | 3300 | /* Check the parameters */ |
50 | mjames | 3301 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
30 | mjames | 3302 | |
50 | mjames | 3303 | /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ |
3304 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
||
30 | mjames | 3305 | { |
50 | mjames | 3306 | if (channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
3307 | { |
||
3308 | return HAL_BUSY; |
||
3309 | } |
||
3310 | else if (channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
3311 | { |
||
3312 | if ((pData1 == NULL) && (Length > 0U)) |
||
3313 | { |
||
3314 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
3315 | } |
||
3316 | else |
||
3317 | { |
||
3318 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
3319 | } |
||
3320 | } |
||
3321 | else |
||
3322 | { |
||
3323 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
3324 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 3325 | } |
50 | mjames | 3326 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
30 | mjames | 3327 | { |
50 | mjames | 3328 | if (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
30 | mjames | 3329 | { |
50 | mjames | 3330 | return HAL_BUSY; |
30 | mjames | 3331 | } |
50 | mjames | 3332 | else if (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
3333 | { |
||
3334 | if ((pData2 == NULL) && (Length > 0U)) |
||
3335 | { |
||
3336 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
3337 | } |
||
3338 | else |
||
3339 | { |
||
3340 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
3341 | } |
||
3342 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 3343 | else |
3344 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 3345 | return HAL_ERROR; |
30 | mjames | 3346 | } |
3347 | } |
||
3348 | else |
||
3349 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 3350 | if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
61 | mjames | 3351 | || (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)) |
50 | mjames | 3352 | { |
3353 | return HAL_BUSY; |
||
3354 | } |
||
3355 | else if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
61 | mjames | 3356 | && (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
50 | mjames | 3357 | { |
3358 | if ((((pData1 == NULL) || (pData2 == NULL))) && (Length > 0U)) |
||
3359 | { |
||
3360 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
3361 | } |
||
3362 | else |
||
3363 | { |
||
3364 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
3365 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
3366 | } |
||
3367 | } |
||
3368 | else |
||
3369 | { |
||
3370 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
3371 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 3372 | } |
3373 | |||
3374 | switch (Channel) |
||
3375 | { |
||
3376 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
3377 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 3378 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
30 | mjames | 3379 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
50 | mjames | 3380 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
30 | mjames | 3381 | |
3382 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
3383 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
3384 | |||
3385 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
61 | mjames | 3386 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, |
3387 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
50 | mjames | 3388 | { |
61 | mjames | 3389 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 3390 | return HAL_ERROR; |
3391 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 3392 | /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ |
3393 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
3394 | |||
3395 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
3396 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
3397 | |||
3398 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
3399 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
50 | mjames | 3400 | break; |
30 | mjames | 3401 | } |
3402 | |||
3403 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
3404 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 3405 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
30 | mjames | 3406 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
50 | mjames | 3407 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
30 | mjames | 3408 | |
3409 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
3410 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError; |
||
3411 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
61 | mjames | 3412 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, |
3413 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
50 | mjames | 3414 | { |
61 | mjames | 3415 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 3416 | return HAL_ERROR; |
3417 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 3418 | /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ |
3419 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
3420 | |||
3421 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
3422 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
3423 | |||
3424 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
3425 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
50 | mjames | 3426 | break; |
30 | mjames | 3427 | } |
3428 | |||
3429 | case TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: |
||
3430 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 3431 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
30 | mjames | 3432 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
50 | mjames | 3433 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
30 | mjames | 3434 | |
3435 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
3436 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
3437 | |||
3438 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
61 | mjames | 3439 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, |
3440 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
50 | mjames | 3441 | { |
61 | mjames | 3442 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 3443 | return HAL_ERROR; |
3444 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 3445 | |
50 | mjames | 3446 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
30 | mjames | 3447 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
50 | mjames | 3448 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
30 | mjames | 3449 | |
3450 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
3451 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
3452 | |||
3453 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
61 | mjames | 3454 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, |
3455 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
50 | mjames | 3456 | { |
61 | mjames | 3457 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 3458 | return HAL_ERROR; |
3459 | } |
||
3460 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
30 | mjames | 3461 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
3462 | |||
3463 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
3464 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
3465 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
3466 | |||
3467 | /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ |
||
3468 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
3469 | /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ |
||
3470 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
50 | mjames | 3471 | break; |
30 | mjames | 3472 | } |
3473 | |||
3474 | default: |
||
50 | mjames | 3475 | break; |
30 | mjames | 3476 | } |
50 | mjames | 3477 | |
30 | mjames | 3478 | /* Return function status */ |
3479 | return HAL_OK; |
||
3480 | } |
||
3481 | |||
3482 | /** |
||
3483 | * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. |
||
50 | mjames | 3484 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
3485 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
30 | mjames | 3486 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
3487 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
3488 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
3489 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
3490 | * @retval HAL status |
||
50 | mjames | 3491 | */ |
30 | mjames | 3492 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
3493 | { |
||
3494 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
50 | mjames | 3495 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
30 | mjames | 3496 | |
3497 | /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 |
||
3498 | (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ |
||
50 | mjames | 3499 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
30 | mjames | 3500 | { |
3501 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
3502 | |||
3503 | /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 */ |
||
3504 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
50 | mjames | 3505 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
30 | mjames | 3506 | } |
50 | mjames | 3507 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
30 | mjames | 3508 | { |
3509 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
3510 | |||
3511 | /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 2 */ |
||
3512 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
50 | mjames | 3513 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
30 | mjames | 3514 | } |
3515 | else |
||
3516 | { |
||
3517 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
3518 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
3519 | |||
3520 | /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 and 2 */ |
||
3521 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
3522 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
50 | mjames | 3523 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
3524 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
||
30 | mjames | 3525 | } |
3526 | |||
3527 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
3528 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
3529 | |||
50 | mjames | 3530 | /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ |
3531 | if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)) |
||
3532 | { |
||
3533 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
3534 | } |
||
61 | mjames | 3535 | else |
50 | mjames | 3536 | { |
3537 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
3538 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
3539 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 3540 | |
3541 | /* Return function status */ |
||
3542 | return HAL_OK; |
||
3543 | } |
||
3544 | |||
3545 | /** |
||
3546 | * @} |
||
3547 | */ |
||
3548 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group7 TIM IRQ handler management |
||
50 | mjames | 3549 | * @brief TIM IRQ handler management |
3550 | * |
||
30 | mjames | 3551 | @verbatim |
3552 | ============================================================================== |
||
3553 | ##### IRQ handler management ##### |
||
3554 | ============================================================================== |
||
3555 | [..] |
||
3556 | This section provides Timer IRQ handler function. |
||
3557 | |||
3558 | @endverbatim |
||
3559 | * @{ |
||
3560 | */ |
||
3561 | /** |
||
3562 | * @brief This function handles TIM interrupts requests. |
||
50 | mjames | 3563 | * @param htim TIM handle |
30 | mjames | 3564 | * @retval None |
3565 | */ |
||
3566 | void HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
3567 | { |
||
3568 | /* Capture compare 1 event */ |
||
50 | mjames | 3569 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC1) != RESET) |
30 | mjames | 3570 | { |
50 | mjames | 3571 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC1) != RESET) |
30 | mjames | 3572 | { |
3573 | { |
||
3574 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
3575 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
3576 | |||
3577 | /* Input capture event */ |
||
50 | mjames | 3578 | if ((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) != 0x00U) |
30 | mjames | 3579 | { |
50 | mjames | 3580 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
3581 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
3582 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 3583 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
50 | mjames | 3584 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 3585 | } |
3586 | /* Output compare event */ |
||
3587 | else |
||
3588 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 3589 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
3590 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
3591 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
3592 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 3593 | HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
3594 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
50 | mjames | 3595 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 3596 | } |
3597 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
3598 | } |
||
3599 | } |
||
3600 | } |
||
3601 | /* Capture compare 2 event */ |
||
50 | mjames | 3602 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC2) != RESET) |
30 | mjames | 3603 | { |
50 | mjames | 3604 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC2) != RESET) |
30 | mjames | 3605 | { |
3606 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
3607 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
3608 | /* Input capture event */ |
||
50 | mjames | 3609 | if ((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) != 0x00U) |
30 | mjames | 3610 | { |
50 | mjames | 3611 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
3612 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
3613 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 3614 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
50 | mjames | 3615 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 3616 | } |
3617 | /* Output compare event */ |
||
3618 | else |
||
3619 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 3620 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
3621 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
3622 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
3623 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 3624 | HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
3625 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
50 | mjames | 3626 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 3627 | } |
3628 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
3629 | } |
||
3630 | } |
||
3631 | /* Capture compare 3 event */ |
||
50 | mjames | 3632 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC3) != RESET) |
30 | mjames | 3633 | { |
50 | mjames | 3634 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC3) != RESET) |
30 | mjames | 3635 | { |
3636 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
3637 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
3638 | /* Input capture event */ |
||
50 | mjames | 3639 | if ((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC3S) != 0x00U) |
30 | mjames | 3640 | { |
50 | mjames | 3641 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
3642 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
3643 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 3644 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
50 | mjames | 3645 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 3646 | } |
3647 | /* Output compare event */ |
||
3648 | else |
||
3649 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 3650 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
3651 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
3652 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
3653 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 3654 | HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
3655 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
50 | mjames | 3656 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 3657 | } |
3658 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
3659 | } |
||
3660 | } |
||
3661 | /* Capture compare 4 event */ |
||
50 | mjames | 3662 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC4) != RESET) |
30 | mjames | 3663 | { |
50 | mjames | 3664 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC4) != RESET) |
30 | mjames | 3665 | { |
3666 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
3667 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
3668 | /* Input capture event */ |
||
50 | mjames | 3669 | if ((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) != 0x00U) |
30 | mjames | 3670 | { |
50 | mjames | 3671 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
3672 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
3673 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 3674 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
50 | mjames | 3675 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 3676 | } |
3677 | /* Output compare event */ |
||
3678 | else |
||
3679 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 3680 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
3681 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
3682 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
3683 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 3684 | HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
3685 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
50 | mjames | 3686 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 3687 | } |
3688 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
3689 | } |
||
3690 | } |
||
3691 | /* TIM Update event */ |
||
50 | mjames | 3692 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_UPDATE) != RESET) |
30 | mjames | 3693 | { |
50 | mjames | 3694 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE) != RESET) |
30 | mjames | 3695 | { |
3696 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); |
||
50 | mjames | 3697 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
3698 | htim->PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
3699 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 3700 | HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); |
50 | mjames | 3701 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 3702 | } |
3703 | } |
||
3704 | /* TIM Trigger detection event */ |
||
50 | mjames | 3705 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER) != RESET) |
30 | mjames | 3706 | { |
50 | mjames | 3707 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER) != RESET) |
30 | mjames | 3708 | { |
3709 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); |
||
50 | mjames | 3710 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
3711 | htim->TriggerCallback(htim); |
||
3712 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 3713 | HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); |
50 | mjames | 3714 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 3715 | } |
3716 | } |
||
3717 | } |
||
3718 | |||
3719 | /** |
||
3720 | * @} |
||
3721 | */ |
||
3722 | |||
50 | mjames | 3723 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group8 TIM Peripheral Control functions |
3724 | * @brief TIM Peripheral Control functions |
||
3725 | * |
||
30 | mjames | 3726 | @verbatim |
3727 | ============================================================================== |
||
3728 | ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### |
||
3729 | ============================================================================== |
||
3730 | [..] |
||
3731 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
3732 | (+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode. |
||
3733 | (+) Configure External Clock source. |
||
3734 | (+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization. |
||
3735 | (+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode. |
||
3736 | |||
3737 | @endverbatim |
||
3738 | * @{ |
||
3739 | */ |
||
3740 | |||
3741 | /** |
||
3742 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the specified |
||
3743 | * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. |
||
50 | mjames | 3744 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
3745 | * @param sConfig TIM Output Compare configuration structure |
||
3746 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to configure |
||
30 | mjames | 3747 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
3748 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
3749 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
3750 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
3751 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
3752 | * @retval HAL status |
||
3753 | */ |
||
50 | mjames | 3754 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
3755 | TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, |
||
3756 | uint32_t Channel) |
||
30 | mjames | 3757 | { |
3758 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
3759 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); |
||
3760 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); |
||
3761 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); |
||
3762 | |||
50 | mjames | 3763 | /* Process Locked */ |
30 | mjames | 3764 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
3765 | |||
3766 | switch (Channel) |
||
3767 | { |
||
3768 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
3769 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 3770 | /* Check the parameters */ |
30 | mjames | 3771 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
50 | mjames | 3772 | |
30 | mjames | 3773 | /* Configure the TIM Channel 1 in Output Compare */ |
3774 | TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
50 | mjames | 3775 | break; |
30 | mjames | 3776 | } |
3777 | |||
3778 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
3779 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 3780 | /* Check the parameters */ |
30 | mjames | 3781 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
50 | mjames | 3782 | |
30 | mjames | 3783 | /* Configure the TIM Channel 2 in Output Compare */ |
3784 | TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
50 | mjames | 3785 | break; |
30 | mjames | 3786 | } |
3787 | |||
3788 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
3789 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 3790 | /* Check the parameters */ |
3791 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
3792 | |||
30 | mjames | 3793 | /* Configure the TIM Channel 3 in Output Compare */ |
3794 | TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
50 | mjames | 3795 | break; |
30 | mjames | 3796 | } |
3797 | |||
3798 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
3799 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 3800 | /* Check the parameters */ |
30 | mjames | 3801 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
50 | mjames | 3802 | |
3803 | /* Configure the TIM Channel 4 in Output Compare */ |
||
3804 | TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
3805 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 3806 | } |
3807 | |||
3808 | default: |
||
50 | mjames | 3809 | break; |
30 | mjames | 3810 | } |
3811 | |||
3812 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
3813 | |||
3814 | return HAL_OK; |
||
3815 | } |
||
3816 | |||
3817 | /** |
||
3818 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Channels according to the specified |
||
3819 | * parameters in the TIM_IC_InitTypeDef. |
||
50 | mjames | 3820 | * @param htim TIM IC handle |
3821 | * @param sConfig TIM Input Capture configuration structure |
||
3822 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to configure |
||
30 | mjames | 3823 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
3824 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
3825 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
3826 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
3827 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
3828 | * @retval HAL status |
||
3829 | */ |
||
50 | mjames | 3830 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, uint32_t Channel) |
30 | mjames | 3831 | { |
3832 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
3833 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
3834 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->ICPolarity)); |
||
3835 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->ICSelection)); |
||
3836 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->ICPrescaler)); |
||
3837 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->ICFilter)); |
||
3838 | |||
50 | mjames | 3839 | /* Process Locked */ |
30 | mjames | 3840 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
3841 | |||
3842 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
||
3843 | { |
||
3844 | /* TI1 Configuration */ |
||
3845 | TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
50 | mjames | 3846 | sConfig->ICPolarity, |
3847 | sConfig->ICSelection, |
||
3848 | sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
30 | mjames | 3849 | |
3850 | /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ |
||
3851 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; |
||
3852 | |||
3853 | /* Set the IC1PSC value */ |
||
3854 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; |
||
3855 | } |
||
3856 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
3857 | { |
||
3858 | /* TI2 Configuration */ |
||
3859 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
3860 | |||
3861 | TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
3862 | sConfig->ICPolarity, |
||
3863 | sConfig->ICSelection, |
||
3864 | sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
3865 | |||
3866 | /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ |
||
3867 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; |
||
3868 | |||
3869 | /* Set the IC2PSC value */ |
||
50 | mjames | 3870 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U); |
30 | mjames | 3871 | } |
3872 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_3) |
||
3873 | { |
||
3874 | /* TI3 Configuration */ |
||
3875 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
3876 | |||
3877 | TIM_TI3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
50 | mjames | 3878 | sConfig->ICPolarity, |
3879 | sConfig->ICSelection, |
||
3880 | sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
30 | mjames | 3881 | |
3882 | /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */ |
||
3883 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC; |
||
3884 | |||
3885 | /* Set the IC3PSC value */ |
||
3886 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; |
||
3887 | } |
||
3888 | else |
||
3889 | { |
||
3890 | /* TI4 Configuration */ |
||
3891 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
3892 | |||
3893 | TIM_TI4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
50 | mjames | 3894 | sConfig->ICPolarity, |
3895 | sConfig->ICSelection, |
||
3896 | sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
30 | mjames | 3897 | |
3898 | /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */ |
||
3899 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC; |
||
3900 | |||
3901 | /* Set the IC4PSC value */ |
||
50 | mjames | 3902 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U); |
30 | mjames | 3903 | } |
3904 | |||
3905 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
3906 | |||
3907 | return HAL_OK; |
||
3908 | } |
||
3909 | |||
3910 | /** |
||
3911 | * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM channels according to the specified |
||
3912 | * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. |
||
50 | mjames | 3913 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
3914 | * @param sConfig TIM PWM configuration structure |
||
3915 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be configured |
||
30 | mjames | 3916 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
3917 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
3918 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
3919 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
3920 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
3921 | * @retval HAL status |
||
3922 | */ |
||
50 | mjames | 3923 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
3924 | TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, |
||
3925 | uint32_t Channel) |
||
30 | mjames | 3926 | { |
3927 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
3928 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); |
||
3929 | assert_param(IS_TIM_PWM_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); |
||
3930 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); |
||
3931 | assert_param(IS_TIM_FAST_STATE(sConfig->OCFastMode)); |
||
3932 | |||
50 | mjames | 3933 | /* Process Locked */ |
3934 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
30 | mjames | 3935 | |
3936 | switch (Channel) |
||
3937 | { |
||
3938 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
3939 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 3940 | /* Check the parameters */ |
30 | mjames | 3941 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
50 | mjames | 3942 | |
30 | mjames | 3943 | /* Configure the Channel 1 in PWM mode */ |
3944 | TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
3945 | |||
3946 | /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel1 */ |
||
3947 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE; |
||
3948 | |||
3949 | /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ |
||
3950 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE; |
||
3951 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; |
||
50 | mjames | 3952 | break; |
30 | mjames | 3953 | } |
3954 | |||
3955 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
3956 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 3957 | /* Check the parameters */ |
30 | mjames | 3958 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
50 | mjames | 3959 | |
30 | mjames | 3960 | /* Configure the Channel 2 in PWM mode */ |
3961 | TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
3962 | |||
3963 | /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel2 */ |
||
3964 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE; |
||
3965 | |||
3966 | /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ |
||
3967 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE; |
||
50 | mjames | 3968 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U; |
3969 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 3970 | } |
3971 | |||
3972 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
3973 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 3974 | /* Check the parameters */ |
30 | mjames | 3975 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
50 | mjames | 3976 | |
30 | mjames | 3977 | /* Configure the Channel 3 in PWM mode */ |
3978 | TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
3979 | |||
3980 | /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel3 */ |
||
3981 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE; |
||
3982 | |||
50 | mjames | 3983 | /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ |
30 | mjames | 3984 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE; |
3985 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; |
||
50 | mjames | 3986 | break; |
30 | mjames | 3987 | } |
3988 | |||
3989 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
3990 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 3991 | /* Check the parameters */ |
30 | mjames | 3992 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
50 | mjames | 3993 | |
30 | mjames | 3994 | /* Configure the Channel 4 in PWM mode */ |
3995 | TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
3996 | |||
3997 | /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel4 */ |
||
3998 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE; |
||
3999 | |||
50 | mjames | 4000 | /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ |
30 | mjames | 4001 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE; |
50 | mjames | 4002 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U; |
4003 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4004 | } |
4005 | |||
4006 | default: |
||
50 | mjames | 4007 | break; |
30 | mjames | 4008 | } |
4009 | |||
4010 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
4011 | |||
4012 | return HAL_OK; |
||
4013 | } |
||
4014 | |||
4015 | /** |
||
4016 | * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Channels according to the specified |
||
4017 | * parameters in the TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef. |
||
50 | mjames | 4018 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
4019 | * @param sConfig TIM One Pulse configuration structure |
||
4020 | * @param OutputChannel TIM output channel to configure |
||
30 | mjames | 4021 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
4022 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
4023 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
50 | mjames | 4024 | * @param InputChannel TIM input Channel to configure |
30 | mjames | 4025 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
4026 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
4027 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
50 | mjames | 4028 | * @note To output a waveform with a minimum delay user can enable the fast |
4029 | * mode by calling the @ref __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_OCxFAST macro. Then CCx |
||
4030 | * output is forced in response to the edge detection on TIx input, |
||
4031 | * without taking in account the comparison. |
||
30 | mjames | 4032 | * @retval HAL status |
4033 | */ |
||
50 | mjames | 4034 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef *sConfig, |
4035 | uint32_t OutputChannel, uint32_t InputChannel) |
||
30 | mjames | 4036 | { |
4037 | TIM_OC_InitTypeDef temp1; |
||
4038 | |||
4039 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
4040 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(OutputChannel)); |
||
4041 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(InputChannel)); |
||
4042 | |||
50 | mjames | 4043 | if (OutputChannel != InputChannel) |
30 | mjames | 4044 | { |
50 | mjames | 4045 | /* Process Locked */ |
4046 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
30 | mjames | 4047 | |
50 | mjames | 4048 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
30 | mjames | 4049 | |
50 | mjames | 4050 | /* Extract the Output compare configuration from sConfig structure */ |
4051 | temp1.OCMode = sConfig->OCMode; |
||
4052 | temp1.Pulse = sConfig->Pulse; |
||
4053 | temp1.OCPolarity = sConfig->OCPolarity; |
||
30 | mjames | 4054 | |
4055 | switch (OutputChannel) |
||
4056 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4057 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
4058 | { |
||
30 | mjames | 4059 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
4060 | |||
50 | mjames | 4061 | TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); |
4062 | break; |
||
4063 | } |
||
4064 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
4065 | { |
||
30 | mjames | 4066 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
4067 | |||
50 | mjames | 4068 | TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); |
4069 | break; |
||
4070 | } |
||
4071 | default: |
||
4072 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4073 | } |
50 | mjames | 4074 | |
4075 | switch (InputChannel) |
||
30 | mjames | 4076 | { |
50 | mjames | 4077 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
4078 | { |
||
4079 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
30 | mjames | 4080 | |
50 | mjames | 4081 | TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, |
4082 | sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
30 | mjames | 4083 | |
50 | mjames | 4084 | /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ |
4085 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; |
||
30 | mjames | 4086 | |
50 | mjames | 4087 | /* Select the Trigger source */ |
4088 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; |
||
4089 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1FP1; |
||
30 | mjames | 4090 | |
50 | mjames | 4091 | /* Select the Slave Mode */ |
4092 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
4093 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; |
||
4094 | break; |
||
4095 | } |
||
4096 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
4097 | { |
||
4098 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
30 | mjames | 4099 | |
50 | mjames | 4100 | TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, |
4101 | sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
30 | mjames | 4102 | |
50 | mjames | 4103 | /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ |
4104 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; |
||
30 | mjames | 4105 | |
50 | mjames | 4106 | /* Select the Trigger source */ |
4107 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; |
||
4108 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI2FP2; |
||
30 | mjames | 4109 | |
50 | mjames | 4110 | /* Select the Slave Mode */ |
4111 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
4112 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; |
||
4113 | break; |
||
4114 | } |
||
4115 | |||
4116 | default: |
||
4117 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4118 | } |
4119 | |||
50 | mjames | 4120 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
30 | mjames | 4121 | |
50 | mjames | 4122 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
30 | mjames | 4123 | |
50 | mjames | 4124 | return HAL_OK; |
4125 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 4126 | else |
4127 | { |
||
4128 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
4129 | } |
||
4130 | } |
||
4131 | |||
4132 | /** |
||
4133 | * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral |
||
50 | mjames | 4134 | * @param htim TIM handle |
4135 | * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write |
||
30 | mjames | 4136 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
4137 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 |
||
4138 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 |
||
4139 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR |
||
4140 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER |
||
4141 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR |
||
4142 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR |
||
4143 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 |
||
4144 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 |
||
4145 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER |
||
4146 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT |
||
4147 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC |
||
4148 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR |
||
4149 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 |
||
4150 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 |
||
4151 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 |
||
4152 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 |
||
50 | mjames | 4153 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR |
4154 | * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources |
||
30 | mjames | 4155 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
4156 | * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source |
||
4157 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source |
||
4158 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source |
||
4159 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source |
||
4160 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source |
||
4161 | * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source |
||
50 | mjames | 4162 | * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. |
4163 | * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value |
||
30 | mjames | 4164 | * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. |
50 | mjames | 4165 | * @note This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length. |
30 | mjames | 4166 | * @retval HAL status |
4167 | */ |
||
50 | mjames | 4168 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, |
4169 | uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) |
||
30 | mjames | 4170 | { |
50 | mjames | 4171 | return HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(htim, BurstBaseAddress, BurstRequestSrc, BurstBuffer, BurstLength, |
4172 | ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); |
||
4173 | } |
||
4174 | |||
4175 | /** |
||
4176 | * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer multiple Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral |
||
4177 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
4178 | * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write |
||
4179 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
4180 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 |
||
4181 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 |
||
4182 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR |
||
4183 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER |
||
4184 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR |
||
4185 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR |
||
4186 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 |
||
4187 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 |
||
4188 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER |
||
4189 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT |
||
4190 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC |
||
4191 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR |
||
4192 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 |
||
4193 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 |
||
4194 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 |
||
4195 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 |
||
4196 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR |
||
4197 | * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources |
||
4198 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
4199 | * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source |
||
4200 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source |
||
4201 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source |
||
4202 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source |
||
4203 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source |
||
4204 | * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source |
||
4205 | * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. |
||
4206 | * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value |
||
4207 | * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. |
||
4208 | * @param DataLength Data length. This parameter can be one value |
||
4209 | * between 1 and 0xFFFF. |
||
4210 | * @retval HAL status |
||
4211 | */ |
||
4212 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, |
||
4213 | uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, |
||
4214 | uint32_t BurstLength, uint32_t DataLength) |
||
4215 | { |
||
30 | mjames | 4216 | /* Check the parameters */ |
4217 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
4218 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); |
||
4219 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); |
||
4220 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); |
||
50 | mjames | 4221 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(DataLength)); |
30 | mjames | 4222 | |
50 | mjames | 4223 | if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY) |
30 | mjames | 4224 | { |
50 | mjames | 4225 | return HAL_BUSY; |
30 | mjames | 4226 | } |
50 | mjames | 4227 | else if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY) |
30 | mjames | 4228 | { |
50 | mjames | 4229 | if ((BurstBuffer == NULL) && (BurstLength > 0U)) |
30 | mjames | 4230 | { |
4231 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
4232 | } |
||
4233 | else |
||
4234 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4235 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY; |
30 | mjames | 4236 | } |
4237 | } |
||
4238 | else |
||
4239 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4240 | /* nothing to do */ |
30 | mjames | 4241 | } |
50 | mjames | 4242 | switch (BurstRequestSrc) |
30 | mjames | 4243 | { |
4244 | case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: |
||
4245 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4246 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */ |
30 | mjames | 4247 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; |
50 | mjames | 4248 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt; |
30 | mjames | 4249 | |
4250 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
4251 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
4252 | |||
4253 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
50 | mjames | 4254 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
61 | mjames | 4255 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
50 | mjames | 4256 | { |
61 | mjames | 4257 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 4258 | return HAL_ERROR; |
4259 | } |
||
4260 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4261 | } |
4262 | case TIM_DMA_CC1: |
||
4263 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4264 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
4265 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
4266 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
||
30 | mjames | 4267 | |
4268 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
4269 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
4270 | |||
4271 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
50 | mjames | 4272 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
61 | mjames | 4273 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
50 | mjames | 4274 | { |
61 | mjames | 4275 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 4276 | return HAL_ERROR; |
4277 | } |
||
4278 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4279 | } |
4280 | case TIM_DMA_CC2: |
||
4281 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4282 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
4283 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
4284 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
||
30 | mjames | 4285 | |
4286 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
4287 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
4288 | |||
4289 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
50 | mjames | 4290 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
61 | mjames | 4291 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
50 | mjames | 4292 | { |
61 | mjames | 4293 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 4294 | return HAL_ERROR; |
4295 | } |
||
4296 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4297 | } |
4298 | case TIM_DMA_CC3: |
||
4299 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4300 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
4301 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
4302 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
||
30 | mjames | 4303 | |
4304 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
4305 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
4306 | |||
4307 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
50 | mjames | 4308 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
61 | mjames | 4309 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
50 | mjames | 4310 | { |
61 | mjames | 4311 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 4312 | return HAL_ERROR; |
4313 | } |
||
4314 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4315 | } |
4316 | case TIM_DMA_CC4: |
||
4317 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4318 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
4319 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
4320 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
||
30 | mjames | 4321 | |
4322 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
4323 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
4324 | |||
4325 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
50 | mjames | 4326 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
61 | mjames | 4327 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
50 | mjames | 4328 | { |
61 | mjames | 4329 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 4330 | return HAL_ERROR; |
4331 | } |
||
4332 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4333 | } |
4334 | case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: |
||
4335 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4336 | /* Set the DMA trigger callbacks */ |
30 | mjames | 4337 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; |
50 | mjames | 4338 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt; |
30 | mjames | 4339 | |
4340 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
4341 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
4342 | |||
4343 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
50 | mjames | 4344 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
61 | mjames | 4345 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
50 | mjames | 4346 | { |
61 | mjames | 4347 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 4348 | return HAL_ERROR; |
4349 | } |
||
4350 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4351 | } |
4352 | default: |
||
50 | mjames | 4353 | break; |
30 | mjames | 4354 | } |
4355 | |||
50 | mjames | 4356 | /* Configure the DMA Burst Mode */ |
4357 | htim->Instance->DCR = (BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength); |
||
4358 | /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ |
||
4359 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); |
||
30 | mjames | 4360 | |
4361 | /* Return function status */ |
||
4362 | return HAL_OK; |
||
4363 | } |
||
4364 | |||
4365 | /** |
||
4366 | * @brief Stops the TIM DMA Burst mode |
||
50 | mjames | 4367 | * @param htim TIM handle |
4368 | * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable |
||
30 | mjames | 4369 | * @retval HAL status |
4370 | */ |
||
4371 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) |
||
4372 | { |
||
4373 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
4374 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); |
||
4375 | |||
4376 | /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */ |
||
50 | mjames | 4377 | switch (BurstRequestSrc) |
30 | mjames | 4378 | { |
4379 | case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: |
||
4380 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4381 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); |
4382 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4383 | } |
4384 | case TIM_DMA_CC1: |
||
4385 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4386 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
4387 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4388 | } |
4389 | case TIM_DMA_CC2: |
||
4390 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4391 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
4392 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4393 | } |
4394 | case TIM_DMA_CC3: |
||
4395 | { |
||
61 | mjames | 4396 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); |
50 | mjames | 4397 | break; |
30 | mjames | 4398 | } |
4399 | case TIM_DMA_CC4: |
||
4400 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4401 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); |
4402 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4403 | } |
4404 | case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: |
||
4405 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4406 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); |
4407 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4408 | } |
4409 | default: |
||
50 | mjames | 4410 | break; |
30 | mjames | 4411 | } |
4412 | |||
61 | mjames | 4413 | /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ |
4414 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); |
||
30 | mjames | 4415 | |
50 | mjames | 4416 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
4417 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
4418 | |||
30 | mjames | 4419 | /* Return function status */ |
61 | mjames | 4420 | return HAL_OK; |
30 | mjames | 4421 | } |
4422 | |||
4423 | /** |
||
4424 | * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory |
||
50 | mjames | 4425 | * @param htim TIM handle |
4426 | * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data read |
||
30 | mjames | 4427 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
4428 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 |
||
4429 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 |
||
4430 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR |
||
4431 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER |
||
4432 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR |
||
4433 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR |
||
4434 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 |
||
4435 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 |
||
4436 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER |
||
4437 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT |
||
4438 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC |
||
4439 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR |
||
4440 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 |
||
4441 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 |
||
4442 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 |
||
4443 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 |
||
50 | mjames | 4444 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR |
4445 | * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources |
||
30 | mjames | 4446 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
4447 | * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source |
||
4448 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source |
||
4449 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source |
||
4450 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source |
||
4451 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source |
||
4452 | * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source |
||
50 | mjames | 4453 | * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. |
4454 | * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value |
||
30 | mjames | 4455 | * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. |
50 | mjames | 4456 | * @note This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length. |
30 | mjames | 4457 | * @retval HAL status |
4458 | */ |
||
50 | mjames | 4459 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, |
4460 | uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) |
||
30 | mjames | 4461 | { |
50 | mjames | 4462 | return HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(htim, BurstBaseAddress, BurstRequestSrc, BurstBuffer, BurstLength, |
4463 | ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); |
||
4464 | } |
||
4465 | |||
4466 | /** |
||
4467 | * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory |
||
4468 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
4469 | * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data read |
||
4470 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
4471 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 |
||
4472 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 |
||
4473 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR |
||
4474 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER |
||
4475 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR |
||
4476 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR |
||
4477 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 |
||
4478 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 |
||
4479 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER |
||
4480 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT |
||
4481 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC |
||
4482 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR |
||
4483 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 |
||
4484 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 |
||
4485 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 |
||
4486 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 |
||
4487 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR |
||
4488 | * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources |
||
4489 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
4490 | * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source |
||
4491 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source |
||
4492 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source |
||
4493 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source |
||
4494 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source |
||
4495 | * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source |
||
4496 | * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. |
||
4497 | * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value |
||
4498 | * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. |
||
4499 | * @param DataLength Data length. This parameter can be one value |
||
4500 | * between 1 and 0xFFFF. |
||
4501 | * @retval HAL status |
||
4502 | */ |
||
4503 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, |
||
4504 | uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, |
||
4505 | uint32_t BurstLength, uint32_t DataLength) |
||
4506 | { |
||
30 | mjames | 4507 | /* Check the parameters */ |
4508 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
4509 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); |
||
4510 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); |
||
4511 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); |
||
50 | mjames | 4512 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(DataLength)); |
30 | mjames | 4513 | |
50 | mjames | 4514 | if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY) |
30 | mjames | 4515 | { |
50 | mjames | 4516 | return HAL_BUSY; |
30 | mjames | 4517 | } |
50 | mjames | 4518 | else if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY) |
30 | mjames | 4519 | { |
50 | mjames | 4520 | if ((BurstBuffer == NULL) && (BurstLength > 0U)) |
30 | mjames | 4521 | { |
4522 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
4523 | } |
||
4524 | else |
||
4525 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4526 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY; |
30 | mjames | 4527 | } |
4528 | } |
||
4529 | else |
||
4530 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4531 | /* nothing to do */ |
30 | mjames | 4532 | } |
50 | mjames | 4533 | switch (BurstRequestSrc) |
30 | mjames | 4534 | { |
4535 | case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: |
||
4536 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4537 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */ |
30 | mjames | 4538 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; |
50 | mjames | 4539 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt; |
30 | mjames | 4540 | |
4541 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
4542 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
4543 | |||
4544 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
50 | mjames | 4545 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
61 | mjames | 4546 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
50 | mjames | 4547 | { |
61 | mjames | 4548 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 4549 | return HAL_ERROR; |
4550 | } |
||
4551 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4552 | } |
4553 | case TIM_DMA_CC1: |
||
4554 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4555 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
4556 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
4557 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
||
30 | mjames | 4558 | |
4559 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
4560 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
4561 | |||
4562 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
50 | mjames | 4563 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
61 | mjames | 4564 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
50 | mjames | 4565 | { |
61 | mjames | 4566 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 4567 | return HAL_ERROR; |
4568 | } |
||
4569 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4570 | } |
4571 | case TIM_DMA_CC2: |
||
4572 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4573 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
4574 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
4575 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
||
30 | mjames | 4576 | |
4577 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
4578 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
4579 | |||
4580 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
50 | mjames | 4581 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
61 | mjames | 4582 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
50 | mjames | 4583 | { |
61 | mjames | 4584 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 4585 | return HAL_ERROR; |
4586 | } |
||
4587 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4588 | } |
4589 | case TIM_DMA_CC3: |
||
4590 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4591 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
4592 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
4593 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
||
30 | mjames | 4594 | |
4595 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
4596 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
4597 | |||
4598 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
50 | mjames | 4599 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
61 | mjames | 4600 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
50 | mjames | 4601 | { |
61 | mjames | 4602 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 4603 | return HAL_ERROR; |
4604 | } |
||
4605 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4606 | } |
4607 | case TIM_DMA_CC4: |
||
4608 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4609 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
4610 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
4611 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
||
30 | mjames | 4612 | |
4613 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
4614 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
4615 | |||
4616 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
50 | mjames | 4617 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
61 | mjames | 4618 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
50 | mjames | 4619 | { |
61 | mjames | 4620 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 4621 | return HAL_ERROR; |
4622 | } |
||
4623 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4624 | } |
4625 | case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: |
||
4626 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4627 | /* Set the DMA trigger callbacks */ |
30 | mjames | 4628 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; |
50 | mjames | 4629 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt; |
30 | mjames | 4630 | |
4631 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
4632 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
4633 | |||
4634 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
50 | mjames | 4635 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
61 | mjames | 4636 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
50 | mjames | 4637 | { |
61 | mjames | 4638 | /* Return error status */ |
50 | mjames | 4639 | return HAL_ERROR; |
4640 | } |
||
4641 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4642 | } |
4643 | default: |
||
50 | mjames | 4644 | break; |
30 | mjames | 4645 | } |
4646 | |||
50 | mjames | 4647 | /* Configure the DMA Burst Mode */ |
4648 | htim->Instance->DCR = (BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength); |
||
30 | mjames | 4649 | |
4650 | /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ |
||
4651 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); |
||
4652 | |||
4653 | /* Return function status */ |
||
4654 | return HAL_OK; |
||
4655 | } |
||
4656 | |||
4657 | /** |
||
4658 | * @brief Stop the DMA burst reading |
||
50 | mjames | 4659 | * @param htim TIM handle |
4660 | * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable. |
||
30 | mjames | 4661 | * @retval HAL status |
4662 | */ |
||
4663 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) |
||
4664 | { |
||
4665 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
4666 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); |
||
4667 | |||
4668 | /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */ |
||
50 | mjames | 4669 | switch (BurstRequestSrc) |
30 | mjames | 4670 | { |
4671 | case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: |
||
4672 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4673 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); |
4674 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4675 | } |
4676 | case TIM_DMA_CC1: |
||
4677 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4678 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
4679 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4680 | } |
4681 | case TIM_DMA_CC2: |
||
4682 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4683 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
4684 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4685 | } |
4686 | case TIM_DMA_CC3: |
||
4687 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4688 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); |
4689 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4690 | } |
4691 | case TIM_DMA_CC4: |
||
4692 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4693 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); |
4694 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4695 | } |
4696 | case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: |
||
4697 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4698 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); |
4699 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4700 | } |
4701 | default: |
||
50 | mjames | 4702 | break; |
30 | mjames | 4703 | } |
4704 | |||
61 | mjames | 4705 | /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ |
4706 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); |
||
30 | mjames | 4707 | |
50 | mjames | 4708 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
4709 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
4710 | |||
30 | mjames | 4711 | /* Return function status */ |
61 | mjames | 4712 | return HAL_OK; |
30 | mjames | 4713 | } |
4714 | |||
4715 | /** |
||
4716 | * @brief Generate a software event |
||
50 | mjames | 4717 | * @param htim TIM handle |
4718 | * @param EventSource specifies the event source. |
||
30 | mjames | 4719 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
4720 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE: Timer update Event source |
||
4721 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source |
||
4722 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source |
||
4723 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source |
||
4724 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source |
||
4725 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER: Timer Trigger Event source |
||
50 | mjames | 4726 | * @note Basic timers can only generate an update event. |
30 | mjames | 4727 | * @retval HAL status |
4728 | */ |
||
4729 | |||
4730 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t EventSource) |
||
4731 | { |
||
4732 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
4733 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
4734 | assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(EventSource)); |
||
4735 | |||
4736 | /* Process Locked */ |
||
4737 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
4738 | |||
4739 | /* Change the TIM state */ |
||
4740 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
4741 | |||
4742 | /* Set the event sources */ |
||
4743 | htim->Instance->EGR = EventSource; |
||
4744 | |||
4745 | /* Change the TIM state */ |
||
4746 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
4747 | |||
4748 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
4749 | |||
4750 | /* Return function status */ |
||
4751 | return HAL_OK; |
||
4752 | } |
||
4753 | |||
4754 | /** |
||
4755 | * @brief Configures the OCRef clear feature |
||
50 | mjames | 4756 | * @param htim TIM handle |
4757 | * @param sClearInputConfig pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that |
||
30 | mjames | 4758 | * contains the OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral. |
50 | mjames | 4759 | * @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel |
30 | mjames | 4760 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
4761 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 |
||
4762 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 |
||
4763 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 |
||
4764 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 |
||
4765 | * @retval HAL status |
||
4766 | */ |
||
50 | mjames | 4767 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
4768 | TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef *sClearInputConfig, |
||
4769 | uint32_t Channel) |
||
30 | mjames | 4770 | { |
4771 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
4772 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
4773 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource)); |
||
4774 | |||
4775 | /* Process Locked */ |
||
4776 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
4777 | |||
4778 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
4779 | |||
4780 | switch (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource) |
||
4781 | { |
||
4782 | case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_NONE: |
||
4783 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4784 | /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit and the the ETR Bits */ |
4785 | CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, (TIM_SMCR_OCCS | TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP)); |
||
4786 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4787 | } |
4788 | case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_OCREFCLR: |
||
4789 | { |
||
4790 | /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit */ |
||
4791 | CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, TIM_SMCR_OCCS); |
||
4792 | } |
||
4793 | break; |
||
50 | mjames | 4794 | |
30 | mjames | 4795 | case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR: |
4796 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4797 | /* Check the parameters */ |
4798 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity)); |
||
4799 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler)); |
||
4800 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter)); |
||
4801 | |||
4802 | /* When OCRef clear feature is used with ETR source, ETR prescaler must be off */ |
||
4803 | if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler != TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV1) |
||
4804 | { |
||
4805 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
4806 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
4807 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
4808 | } |
||
4809 | |||
30 | mjames | 4810 | TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
4811 | sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler, |
||
4812 | sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity, |
||
4813 | sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter); |
||
4814 | |||
4815 | /* Set the OCREF clear selection bit */ |
||
4816 | SET_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, TIM_SMCR_OCCS); |
||
50 | mjames | 4817 | break; |
30 | mjames | 4818 | } |
4819 | |||
50 | mjames | 4820 | default: |
4821 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 4822 | } |
4823 | |||
4824 | switch (Channel) |
||
4825 | { |
||
4826 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
50 | mjames | 4827 | { |
4828 | if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE) |
||
30 | mjames | 4829 | { |
50 | mjames | 4830 | /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 1 */ |
4831 | SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE); |
||
30 | mjames | 4832 | } |
50 | mjames | 4833 | else |
4834 | { |
||
4835 | /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 1 */ |
||
4836 | CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE); |
||
4837 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 4838 | break; |
50 | mjames | 4839 | } |
30 | mjames | 4840 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
50 | mjames | 4841 | { |
4842 | if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE) |
||
30 | mjames | 4843 | { |
50 | mjames | 4844 | /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 2 */ |
4845 | SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE); |
||
30 | mjames | 4846 | } |
50 | mjames | 4847 | else |
4848 | { |
||
4849 | /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 2 */ |
||
4850 | CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE); |
||
4851 | } |
||
4852 | break; |
||
4853 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 4854 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
50 | mjames | 4855 | { |
4856 | if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE) |
||
30 | mjames | 4857 | { |
50 | mjames | 4858 | /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 3 */ |
4859 | SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE); |
||
30 | mjames | 4860 | } |
50 | mjames | 4861 | else |
4862 | { |
||
4863 | /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 3 */ |
||
4864 | CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE); |
||
4865 | } |
||
4866 | break; |
||
4867 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 4868 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
50 | mjames | 4869 | { |
4870 | if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE) |
||
30 | mjames | 4871 | { |
50 | mjames | 4872 | /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 4 */ |
4873 | SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE); |
||
30 | mjames | 4874 | } |
50 | mjames | 4875 | else |
4876 | { |
||
4877 | /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 4 */ |
||
4878 | CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE); |
||
4879 | } |
||
4880 | break; |
||
4881 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 4882 | default: |
50 | mjames | 4883 | break; |
30 | mjames | 4884 | } |
4885 | |||
4886 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
4887 | |||
4888 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
4889 | |||
4890 | return HAL_OK; |
||
4891 | } |
||
4892 | |||
4893 | /** |
||
4894 | * @brief Configures the clock source to be used |
||
50 | mjames | 4895 | * @param htim TIM handle |
4896 | * @param sClockSourceConfig pointer to a TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef structure that |
||
30 | mjames | 4897 | * contains the clock source information for the TIM peripheral. |
4898 | * @retval HAL status |
||
4899 | */ |
||
50 | mjames | 4900 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef *sClockSourceConfig) |
30 | mjames | 4901 | { |
50 | mjames | 4902 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
30 | mjames | 4903 | |
4904 | /* Process Locked */ |
||
4905 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
4906 | |||
4907 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
4908 | |||
4909 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
4910 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE(sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource)); |
||
4911 | |||
4912 | /* Reset the SMS, TS, ECE, ETPS and ETRF bits */ |
||
4913 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; |
||
4914 | tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS); |
||
4915 | tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); |
||
4916 | htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
4917 | |||
4918 | switch (sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource) |
||
4919 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 4920 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL: |
30 | mjames | 4921 | { |
4922 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
50 | mjames | 4923 | break; |
30 | mjames | 4924 | } |
4925 | |||
50 | mjames | 4926 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1: |
30 | mjames | 4927 | { |
4928 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 1 (ETRF)*/ |
||
4929 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
4930 | |||
4931 | /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */ |
||
4932 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler)); |
||
4933 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
||
4934 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
50 | mjames | 4935 | |
30 | mjames | 4936 | /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ |
4937 | TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
4938 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, |
||
4939 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
4940 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
50 | mjames | 4941 | |
4942 | /* Select the External clock mode1 and the ETRF trigger */ |
||
30 | mjames | 4943 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; |
4944 | tmpsmcr |= (TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 | TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1); |
||
4945 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
4946 | htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
50 | mjames | 4947 | break; |
30 | mjames | 4948 | } |
4949 | |||
50 | mjames | 4950 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2: |
30 | mjames | 4951 | { |
4952 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 2 (ETRF)*/ |
||
4953 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
4954 | |||
4955 | /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */ |
||
4956 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler)); |
||
4957 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
||
4958 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
50 | mjames | 4959 | |
30 | mjames | 4960 | /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ |
4961 | TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
4962 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, |
||
4963 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
4964 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
4965 | /* Enable the External clock mode2 */ |
||
4966 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE; |
||
50 | mjames | 4967 | break; |
30 | mjames | 4968 | } |
4969 | |||
50 | mjames | 4970 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1: |
30 | mjames | 4971 | { |
4972 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ |
||
4973 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
4974 | |||
4975 | /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */ |
||
4976 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
||
4977 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
50 | mjames | 4978 | |
30 | mjames | 4979 | TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
4980 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
4981 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
4982 | TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1); |
||
50 | mjames | 4983 | break; |
30 | mjames | 4984 | } |
50 | mjames | 4985 | |
4986 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2: |
||
30 | mjames | 4987 | { |
4988 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 (ETRF)*/ |
||
4989 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
4990 | |||
50 | mjames | 4991 | /* Check TI2 input conditioning related parameters */ |
30 | mjames | 4992 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
4993 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
4994 | |||
4995 | TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
||
4996 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
4997 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
4998 | TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2); |
||
50 | mjames | 4999 | break; |
30 | mjames | 5000 | } |
50 | mjames | 5001 | |
5002 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED: |
||
30 | mjames | 5003 | { |
5004 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ |
||
5005 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
5006 | |||
5007 | /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */ |
||
5008 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
||
5009 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
5010 | |||
5011 | TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
||
5012 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
5013 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
5014 | TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED); |
||
50 | mjames | 5015 | break; |
30 | mjames | 5016 | } |
5017 | |||
50 | mjames | 5018 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0: |
5019 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1: |
||
5020 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2: |
||
5021 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3: |
||
5022 | { |
||
5023 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports internal trigger input */ |
||
5024 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
30 | mjames | 5025 | |
50 | mjames | 5026 | TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource); |
5027 | break; |
||
5028 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 5029 | |
50 | mjames | 5030 | default: |
5031 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 5032 | } |
5033 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
5034 | |||
5035 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
5036 | |||
5037 | return HAL_OK; |
||
5038 | } |
||
5039 | |||
5040 | /** |
||
5041 | * @brief Selects the signal connected to the TI1 input: direct from CH1_input |
||
5042 | * or a XOR combination between CH1_input, CH2_input & CH3_input |
||
50 | mjames | 5043 | * @param htim TIM handle. |
5044 | * @param TI1_Selection Indicate whether or not channel 1 is connected to the |
||
30 | mjames | 5045 | * output of a XOR gate. |
5046 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
5047 | * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input |
||
5048 | * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION: The TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 |
||
5049 | * pins are connected to the TI1 input (XOR combination) |
||
5050 | * @retval HAL status |
||
5051 | */ |
||
5052 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t TI1_Selection) |
||
5053 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 5054 | uint32_t tmpcr2; |
30 | mjames | 5055 | |
5056 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
5057 | assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
5058 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TI1SELECTION(TI1_Selection)); |
||
5059 | |||
5060 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
5061 | tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2; |
||
5062 | |||
5063 | /* Reset the TI1 selection */ |
||
5064 | tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_TI1S; |
||
5065 | |||
50 | mjames | 5066 | /* Set the TI1 selection */ |
30 | mjames | 5067 | tmpcr2 |= TI1_Selection; |
5068 | |||
5069 | /* Write to TIMxCR2 */ |
||
5070 | htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
5071 | |||
5072 | return HAL_OK; |
||
5073 | } |
||
5074 | |||
5075 | /** |
||
5076 | * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode |
||
50 | mjames | 5077 | * @param htim TIM handle. |
5078 | * @param sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that |
||
30 | mjames | 5079 | * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered |
50 | mjames | 5080 | * timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode |
5081 | * (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). |
||
30 | mjames | 5082 | * @retval HAL status |
5083 | */ |
||
50 | mjames | 5084 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig) |
30 | mjames | 5085 | { |
5086 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
5087 | assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
5088 | assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); |
||
5089 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); |
||
50 | mjames | 5090 | |
30 | mjames | 5091 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
50 | mjames | 5092 | |
30 | mjames | 5093 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
5094 | |||
50 | mjames | 5095 | if (TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig) != HAL_OK) |
5096 | { |
||
5097 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
5098 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
5099 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
5100 | } |
||
5101 | |||
30 | mjames | 5102 | /* Disable Trigger Interrupt */ |
5103 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); |
||
50 | mjames | 5104 | |
30 | mjames | 5105 | /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ |
5106 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); |
||
50 | mjames | 5107 | |
30 | mjames | 5108 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
50 | mjames | 5109 | |
5110 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
5111 | |||
30 | mjames | 5112 | return HAL_OK; |
50 | mjames | 5113 | } |
30 | mjames | 5114 | |
5115 | /** |
||
5116 | * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode in interrupt mode |
||
50 | mjames | 5117 | * @param htim TIM handle. |
5118 | * @param sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that |
||
30 | mjames | 5119 | * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered |
50 | mjames | 5120 | * timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode |
5121 | * (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). |
||
30 | mjames | 5122 | * @retval HAL status |
5123 | */ |
||
50 | mjames | 5124 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
5125 | TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig) |
||
30 | mjames | 5126 | { |
5127 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
5128 | assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
5129 | assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); |
||
5130 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); |
||
50 | mjames | 5131 | |
30 | mjames | 5132 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
5133 | |||
5134 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
50 | mjames | 5135 | |
5136 | if (TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig) != HAL_OK) |
||
5137 | { |
||
5138 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
5139 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
5140 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
5141 | } |
||
5142 | |||
30 | mjames | 5143 | /* Enable Trigger Interrupt */ |
5144 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); |
||
50 | mjames | 5145 | |
30 | mjames | 5146 | /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ |
5147 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); |
||
50 | mjames | 5148 | |
30 | mjames | 5149 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
50 | mjames | 5150 | |
5151 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
5152 | |||
30 | mjames | 5153 | return HAL_OK; |
5154 | } |
||
5155 | |||
5156 | /** |
||
5157 | * @brief Read the captured value from Capture Compare unit |
||
50 | mjames | 5158 | * @param htim TIM handle. |
5159 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
30 | mjames | 5160 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
5161 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
5162 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
5163 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
5164 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
5165 | * @retval Captured value |
||
5166 | */ |
||
5167 | uint32_t HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
5168 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 5169 | uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; |
30 | mjames | 5170 | |
5171 | switch (Channel) |
||
5172 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 5173 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
30 | mjames | 5174 | { |
5175 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
5176 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
5177 | |||
5178 | /* Return the capture 1 value */ |
||
5179 | tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR1; |
||
5180 | |||
5181 | break; |
||
5182 | } |
||
50 | mjames | 5183 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
30 | mjames | 5184 | { |
5185 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
5186 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
5187 | |||
5188 | /* Return the capture 2 value */ |
||
5189 | tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR2; |
||
5190 | |||
5191 | break; |
||
5192 | } |
||
5193 | |||
50 | mjames | 5194 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
30 | mjames | 5195 | { |
5196 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
5197 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
5198 | |||
5199 | /* Return the capture 3 value */ |
||
5200 | tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR3; |
||
5201 | |||
5202 | break; |
||
5203 | } |
||
5204 | |||
50 | mjames | 5205 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
30 | mjames | 5206 | { |
5207 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
5208 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
5209 | |||
5210 | /* Return the capture 4 value */ |
||
5211 | tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR4; |
||
5212 | |||
5213 | break; |
||
5214 | } |
||
5215 | |||
50 | mjames | 5216 | default: |
5217 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 5218 | } |
5219 | |||
5220 | return tmpreg; |
||
5221 | } |
||
5222 | |||
5223 | /** |
||
5224 | * @} |
||
5225 | */ |
||
5226 | |||
5227 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group9 TIM Callbacks functions |
||
50 | mjames | 5228 | * @brief TIM Callbacks functions |
5229 | * |
||
30 | mjames | 5230 | @verbatim |
5231 | ============================================================================== |
||
5232 | ##### TIM Callbacks functions ##### |
||
5233 | ============================================================================== |
||
5234 | [..] |
||
5235 | This section provides TIM callback functions: |
||
50 | mjames | 5236 | (+) TIM Period elapsed callback |
5237 | (+) TIM Output Compare callback |
||
5238 | (+) TIM Input capture callback |
||
5239 | (+) TIM Trigger callback |
||
5240 | (+) TIM Error callback |
||
30 | mjames | 5241 | |
5242 | @endverbatim |
||
5243 | * @{ |
||
5244 | */ |
||
5245 | |||
5246 | /** |
||
50 | mjames | 5247 | * @brief Period elapsed callback in non-blocking mode |
5248 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
30 | mjames | 5249 | * @retval None |
5250 | */ |
||
5251 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
5252 | { |
||
5253 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
5254 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
5255 | |||
50 | mjames | 5256 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
5257 | the HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
30 | mjames | 5258 | */ |
50 | mjames | 5259 | } |
30 | mjames | 5260 | |
50 | mjames | 5261 | /** |
5262 | * @brief Period elapsed half complete callback in non-blocking mode |
||
5263 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
5264 | * @retval None |
||
5265 | */ |
||
5266 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
5267 | { |
||
5268 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
5269 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
5270 | |||
5271 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
5272 | the HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
5273 | */ |
||
30 | mjames | 5274 | } |
50 | mjames | 5275 | |
30 | mjames | 5276 | /** |
50 | mjames | 5277 | * @brief Output Compare callback in non-blocking mode |
5278 | * @param htim TIM OC handle |
||
30 | mjames | 5279 | * @retval None |
5280 | */ |
||
5281 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
5282 | { |
||
5283 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
5284 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
5285 | |||
50 | mjames | 5286 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
5287 | the HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
30 | mjames | 5288 | */ |
5289 | } |
||
50 | mjames | 5290 | |
30 | mjames | 5291 | /** |
50 | mjames | 5292 | * @brief Input Capture callback in non-blocking mode |
5293 | * @param htim TIM IC handle |
||
30 | mjames | 5294 | * @retval None |
5295 | */ |
||
5296 | __weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
5297 | { |
||
5298 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
5299 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
5300 | |||
50 | mjames | 5301 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
5302 | the HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
30 | mjames | 5303 | */ |
5304 | } |
||
5305 | |||
5306 | /** |
||
50 | mjames | 5307 | * @brief Input Capture half complete callback in non-blocking mode |
5308 | * @param htim TIM IC handle |
||
30 | mjames | 5309 | * @retval None |
5310 | */ |
||
50 | mjames | 5311 | __weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
5312 | { |
||
5313 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
5314 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
5315 | |||
5316 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
5317 | the HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
5318 | */ |
||
5319 | } |
||
5320 | |||
5321 | /** |
||
5322 | * @brief PWM Pulse finished callback in non-blocking mode |
||
5323 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
5324 | * @retval None |
||
5325 | */ |
||
30 | mjames | 5326 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
5327 | { |
||
5328 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
5329 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
5330 | |||
50 | mjames | 5331 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
5332 | the HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
30 | mjames | 5333 | */ |
5334 | } |
||
5335 | |||
5336 | /** |
||
50 | mjames | 5337 | * @brief PWM Pulse finished half complete callback in non-blocking mode |
5338 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
30 | mjames | 5339 | * @retval None |
5340 | */ |
||
50 | mjames | 5341 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
5342 | { |
||
5343 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
5344 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
5345 | |||
5346 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
5347 | the HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
5348 | */ |
||
5349 | } |
||
5350 | |||
5351 | /** |
||
5352 | * @brief Hall Trigger detection callback in non-blocking mode |
||
5353 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
5354 | * @retval None |
||
5355 | */ |
||
30 | mjames | 5356 | __weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
5357 | { |
||
5358 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
5359 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
5360 | |||
50 | mjames | 5361 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
30 | mjames | 5362 | the HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback could be implemented in the user file |
5363 | */ |
||
5364 | } |
||
5365 | |||
5366 | /** |
||
50 | mjames | 5367 | * @brief Hall Trigger detection half complete callback in non-blocking mode |
5368 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
30 | mjames | 5369 | * @retval None |
5370 | */ |
||
50 | mjames | 5371 | __weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
5372 | { |
||
5373 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
5374 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
5375 | |||
5376 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
5377 | the HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
5378 | */ |
||
5379 | } |
||
5380 | |||
5381 | /** |
||
5382 | * @brief Timer error callback in non-blocking mode |
||
5383 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
5384 | * @retval None |
||
5385 | */ |
||
30 | mjames | 5386 | __weak void HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
5387 | { |
||
5388 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
5389 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
5390 | |||
50 | mjames | 5391 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
30 | mjames | 5392 | the HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file |
5393 | */ |
||
5394 | } |
||
5395 | |||
50 | mjames | 5396 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
30 | mjames | 5397 | /** |
50 | mjames | 5398 | * @brief Register a User TIM callback to be used instead of the weak predefined callback |
5399 | * @param htim tim handle |
||
5400 | * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered |
||
5401 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
5402 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID Base MspInit Callback ID |
||
5403 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Base MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
5404 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID IC MspInit Callback ID |
||
5405 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID IC MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
5406 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID OC MspInit Callback ID |
||
5407 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID OC MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
5408 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID PWM MspInit Callback ID |
||
5409 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID PWM MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
5410 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspInit Callback ID |
||
5411 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
5412 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspInit Callback ID |
||
5413 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
5414 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID Period Elapsed Callback ID |
||
5415 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID |
||
5416 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger Callback ID |
||
5417 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID Trigger half complete Callback ID |
||
5418 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID Input Capture Callback ID |
||
5419 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID Input Capture half complete Callback ID |
||
5420 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID |
||
5421 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID |
||
5422 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID |
||
5423 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID |
||
5424 | * @param pCallback pointer to the callback function |
||
5425 | * @retval status |
||
5426 | */ |
||
5427 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, |
||
5428 | pTIM_CallbackTypeDef pCallback) |
||
5429 | { |
||
5430 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
5431 | |||
5432 | if (pCallback == NULL) |
||
5433 | { |
||
5434 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
5435 | } |
||
5436 | /* Process locked */ |
||
5437 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
5438 | |||
5439 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) |
||
5440 | { |
||
5441 | switch (CallbackID) |
||
5442 | { |
||
5443 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
5444 | htim->Base_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
5445 | break; |
||
5446 | |||
5447 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
5448 | htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
5449 | break; |
||
5450 | |||
5451 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
5452 | htim->IC_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
5453 | break; |
||
5454 | |||
5455 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
5456 | htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
5457 | break; |
||
5458 | |||
5459 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
5460 | htim->OC_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
5461 | break; |
||
5462 | |||
5463 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
5464 | htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
5465 | break; |
||
5466 | |||
5467 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
5468 | htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
5469 | break; |
||
5470 | |||
5471 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
5472 | htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
5473 | break; |
||
5474 | |||
5475 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
5476 | htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
5477 | break; |
||
5478 | |||
5479 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
5480 | htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
5481 | break; |
||
5482 | |||
5483 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
5484 | htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
5485 | break; |
||
5486 | |||
5487 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
5488 | htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
5489 | break; |
||
5490 | |||
5491 | case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID : |
||
5492 | htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = pCallback; |
||
5493 | break; |
||
5494 | |||
5495 | case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
5496 | htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; |
||
5497 | break; |
||
5498 | |||
5499 | case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID : |
||
5500 | htim->TriggerCallback = pCallback; |
||
5501 | break; |
||
5502 | |||
5503 | case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
5504 | htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; |
||
5505 | break; |
||
5506 | |||
5507 | case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID : |
||
5508 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback = pCallback; |
||
5509 | break; |
||
5510 | |||
5511 | case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
5512 | htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; |
||
5513 | break; |
||
5514 | |||
5515 | case HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID : |
||
5516 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = pCallback; |
||
5517 | break; |
||
5518 | |||
5519 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID : |
||
5520 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = pCallback; |
||
5521 | break; |
||
5522 | |||
5523 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
5524 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; |
||
5525 | break; |
||
5526 | |||
5527 | case HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID : |
||
5528 | htim->ErrorCallback = pCallback; |
||
5529 | break; |
||
5530 | |||
5531 | default : |
||
5532 | /* Return error status */ |
||
5533 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
5534 | break; |
||
5535 | } |
||
5536 | } |
||
5537 | else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
||
5538 | { |
||
5539 | switch (CallbackID) |
||
5540 | { |
||
5541 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
5542 | htim->Base_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
5543 | break; |
||
5544 | |||
5545 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
5546 | htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
5547 | break; |
||
5548 | |||
5549 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
5550 | htim->IC_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
5551 | break; |
||
5552 | |||
5553 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
5554 | htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
5555 | break; |
||
5556 | |||
5557 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
5558 | htim->OC_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
5559 | break; |
||
5560 | |||
5561 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
5562 | htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
5563 | break; |
||
5564 | |||
5565 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
5566 | htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
5567 | break; |
||
5568 | |||
5569 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
5570 | htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
5571 | break; |
||
5572 | |||
5573 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
5574 | htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
5575 | break; |
||
5576 | |||
5577 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
5578 | htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
5579 | break; |
||
5580 | |||
5581 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
5582 | htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
5583 | break; |
||
5584 | |||
5585 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
5586 | htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
5587 | break; |
||
5588 | |||
5589 | default : |
||
5590 | /* Return error status */ |
||
5591 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
5592 | break; |
||
5593 | } |
||
5594 | } |
||
5595 | else |
||
5596 | { |
||
5597 | /* Return error status */ |
||
5598 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
5599 | } |
||
5600 | |||
5601 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
5602 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
5603 | |||
5604 | return status; |
||
5605 | } |
||
5606 | |||
5607 | /** |
||
5608 | * @brief Unregister a TIM callback |
||
5609 | * TIM callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback |
||
5610 | * @param htim tim handle |
||
5611 | * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered |
||
5612 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
5613 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID Base MspInit Callback ID |
||
5614 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Base MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
5615 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID IC MspInit Callback ID |
||
5616 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID IC MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
5617 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID OC MspInit Callback ID |
||
5618 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID OC MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
5619 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID PWM MspInit Callback ID |
||
5620 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID PWM MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
5621 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspInit Callback ID |
||
5622 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
5623 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspInit Callback ID |
||
5624 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
5625 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID Period Elapsed Callback ID |
||
5626 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID |
||
5627 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger Callback ID |
||
5628 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID Trigger half complete Callback ID |
||
5629 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID Input Capture Callback ID |
||
5630 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID Input Capture half complete Callback ID |
||
5631 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID |
||
5632 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID |
||
5633 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID |
||
5634 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID |
||
5635 | * @retval status |
||
5636 | */ |
||
5637 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID) |
||
5638 | { |
||
5639 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
5640 | |||
5641 | /* Process locked */ |
||
5642 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
5643 | |||
5644 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) |
||
5645 | { |
||
5646 | switch (CallbackID) |
||
5647 | { |
||
5648 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5649 | /* Legacy weak Base MspInit Callback */ |
5650 | htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit; |
||
50 | mjames | 5651 | break; |
5652 | |||
5653 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5654 | /* Legacy weak Base Msp DeInit Callback */ |
5655 | htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit; |
||
50 | mjames | 5656 | break; |
5657 | |||
5658 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5659 | /* Legacy weak IC Msp Init Callback */ |
5660 | htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit; |
||
50 | mjames | 5661 | break; |
5662 | |||
5663 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5664 | /* Legacy weak IC Msp DeInit Callback */ |
5665 | htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit; |
||
50 | mjames | 5666 | break; |
5667 | |||
5668 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5669 | /* Legacy weak OC Msp Init Callback */ |
5670 | htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit; |
||
50 | mjames | 5671 | break; |
5672 | |||
5673 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5674 | /* Legacy weak OC Msp DeInit Callback */ |
5675 | htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit; |
||
50 | mjames | 5676 | break; |
5677 | |||
5678 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5679 | /* Legacy weak PWM Msp Init Callback */ |
5680 | htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit; |
||
50 | mjames | 5681 | break; |
5682 | |||
5683 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5684 | /* Legacy weak PWM Msp DeInit Callback */ |
5685 | htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit; |
||
50 | mjames | 5686 | break; |
5687 | |||
5688 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5689 | /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp Init Callback */ |
5690 | htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit; |
||
50 | mjames | 5691 | break; |
5692 | |||
5693 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5694 | /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */ |
5695 | htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit; |
||
50 | mjames | 5696 | break; |
5697 | |||
5698 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5699 | /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp Init Callback */ |
5700 | htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit; |
||
50 | mjames | 5701 | break; |
5702 | |||
5703 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5704 | /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */ |
5705 | htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit; |
||
50 | mjames | 5706 | break; |
5707 | |||
5708 | case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5709 | /* Legacy weak Period Elapsed Callback */ |
5710 | htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback; |
||
50 | mjames | 5711 | break; |
5712 | |||
5713 | case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5714 | /* Legacy weak Period Elapsed half complete Callback */ |
5715 | htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback; |
||
50 | mjames | 5716 | break; |
5717 | |||
5718 | case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5719 | /* Legacy weak Trigger Callback */ |
5720 | htim->TriggerCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback; |
||
50 | mjames | 5721 | break; |
5722 | |||
5723 | case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5724 | /* Legacy weak Trigger half complete Callback */ |
5725 | htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback; |
||
50 | mjames | 5726 | break; |
5727 | |||
5728 | case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5729 | /* Legacy weak IC Capture Callback */ |
5730 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback; |
||
50 | mjames | 5731 | break; |
5732 | |||
5733 | case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5734 | /* Legacy weak IC Capture half complete Callback */ |
5735 | htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback; |
||
50 | mjames | 5736 | break; |
5737 | |||
5738 | case HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5739 | /* Legacy weak OC Delay Elapsed Callback */ |
5740 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback; |
||
50 | mjames | 5741 | break; |
5742 | |||
5743 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5744 | /* Legacy weak PWM Pulse Finished Callback */ |
5745 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback; |
||
50 | mjames | 5746 | break; |
5747 | |||
5748 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5749 | /* Legacy weak PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback */ |
5750 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback; |
||
50 | mjames | 5751 | break; |
5752 | |||
5753 | case HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5754 | /* Legacy weak Error Callback */ |
5755 | htim->ErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback; |
||
50 | mjames | 5756 | break; |
5757 | |||
5758 | default : |
||
5759 | /* Return error status */ |
||
5760 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
5761 | break; |
||
5762 | } |
||
5763 | } |
||
5764 | else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
||
5765 | { |
||
5766 | switch (CallbackID) |
||
5767 | { |
||
5768 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5769 | /* Legacy weak Base MspInit Callback */ |
5770 | htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit; |
||
50 | mjames | 5771 | break; |
5772 | |||
5773 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5774 | /* Legacy weak Base Msp DeInit Callback */ |
5775 | htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit; |
||
50 | mjames | 5776 | break; |
5777 | |||
5778 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5779 | /* Legacy weak IC Msp Init Callback */ |
5780 | htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit; |
||
50 | mjames | 5781 | break; |
5782 | |||
5783 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5784 | /* Legacy weak IC Msp DeInit Callback */ |
5785 | htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit; |
||
50 | mjames | 5786 | break; |
5787 | |||
5788 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5789 | /* Legacy weak OC Msp Init Callback */ |
5790 | htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit; |
||
50 | mjames | 5791 | break; |
5792 | |||
5793 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5794 | /* Legacy weak OC Msp DeInit Callback */ |
5795 | htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit; |
||
50 | mjames | 5796 | break; |
5797 | |||
5798 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5799 | /* Legacy weak PWM Msp Init Callback */ |
5800 | htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit; |
||
50 | mjames | 5801 | break; |
5802 | |||
5803 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5804 | /* Legacy weak PWM Msp DeInit Callback */ |
5805 | htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit; |
||
50 | mjames | 5806 | break; |
5807 | |||
5808 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5809 | /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp Init Callback */ |
5810 | htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit; |
||
50 | mjames | 5811 | break; |
5812 | |||
5813 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5814 | /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */ |
5815 | htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit; |
||
50 | mjames | 5816 | break; |
5817 | |||
5818 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5819 | /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp Init Callback */ |
5820 | htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit; |
||
50 | mjames | 5821 | break; |
5822 | |||
5823 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
61 | mjames | 5824 | /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */ |
5825 | htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit; |
||
50 | mjames | 5826 | break; |
5827 | |||
5828 | default : |
||
5829 | /* Return error status */ |
||
5830 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
5831 | break; |
||
5832 | } |
||
5833 | } |
||
5834 | else |
||
5835 | { |
||
5836 | /* Return error status */ |
||
5837 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
5838 | } |
||
5839 | |||
5840 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
5841 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
5842 | |||
5843 | return status; |
||
5844 | } |
||
5845 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
5846 | |||
5847 | /** |
||
30 | mjames | 5848 | * @} |
5849 | */ |
||
5850 | |||
50 | mjames | 5851 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group10 TIM Peripheral State functions |
5852 | * @brief TIM Peripheral State functions |
||
5853 | * |
||
30 | mjames | 5854 | @verbatim |
5855 | ============================================================================== |
||
5856 | ##### Peripheral State functions ##### |
||
5857 | ============================================================================== |
||
5858 | [..] |
||
50 | mjames | 5859 | This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral |
30 | mjames | 5860 | and the data flow. |
5861 | |||
5862 | @endverbatim |
||
5863 | * @{ |
||
5864 | */ |
||
5865 | |||
5866 | /** |
||
50 | mjames | 5867 | * @brief Return the TIM Base handle state. |
5868 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
||
30 | mjames | 5869 | * @retval HAL state |
5870 | */ |
||
5871 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
5872 | { |
||
5873 | return htim->State; |
||
5874 | } |
||
5875 | |||
5876 | /** |
||
50 | mjames | 5877 | * @brief Return the TIM OC handle state. |
5878 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
||
30 | mjames | 5879 | * @retval HAL state |
5880 | */ |
||
5881 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
5882 | { |
||
5883 | return htim->State; |
||
5884 | } |
||
5885 | |||
5886 | /** |
||
50 | mjames | 5887 | * @brief Return the TIM PWM handle state. |
5888 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
30 | mjames | 5889 | * @retval HAL state |
5890 | */ |
||
5891 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
5892 | { |
||
5893 | return htim->State; |
||
5894 | } |
||
5895 | |||
5896 | /** |
||
50 | mjames | 5897 | * @brief Return the TIM Input Capture handle state. |
5898 | * @param htim TIM IC handle |
||
30 | mjames | 5899 | * @retval HAL state |
5900 | */ |
||
5901 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
5902 | { |
||
5903 | return htim->State; |
||
5904 | } |
||
5905 | |||
5906 | /** |
||
50 | mjames | 5907 | * @brief Return the TIM One Pulse Mode handle state. |
5908 | * @param htim TIM OPM handle |
||
30 | mjames | 5909 | * @retval HAL state |
5910 | */ |
||
5911 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
5912 | { |
||
5913 | return htim->State; |
||
5914 | } |
||
5915 | |||
5916 | /** |
||
50 | mjames | 5917 | * @brief Return the TIM Encoder Mode handle state. |
5918 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
||
30 | mjames | 5919 | * @retval HAL state |
5920 | */ |
||
5921 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
5922 | { |
||
5923 | return htim->State; |
||
5924 | } |
||
5925 | |||
5926 | /** |
||
50 | mjames | 5927 | * @brief Return the TIM Encoder Mode handle state. |
5928 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
5929 | * @retval Active channel |
||
5930 | */ |
||
5931 | HAL_TIM_ActiveChannel HAL_TIM_GetActiveChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
5932 | { |
||
5933 | return htim->Channel; |
||
5934 | } |
||
5935 | |||
5936 | /** |
||
5937 | * @brief Return actual state of the TIM channel. |
||
5938 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
5939 | * @param Channel TIM Channel |
||
5940 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
5941 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 |
||
5942 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 |
||
5943 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 |
||
5944 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 |
||
5945 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5 |
||
5946 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6 |
||
5947 | * @retval TIM Channel state |
||
5948 | */ |
||
5949 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef HAL_TIM_GetChannelState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
5950 | { |
||
5951 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state; |
||
61 | mjames | 5952 | |
50 | mjames | 5953 | /* Check the parameters */ |
5954 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
5955 | |||
5956 | channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); |
||
61 | mjames | 5957 | |
50 | mjames | 5958 | return channel_state; |
5959 | } |
||
5960 | |||
5961 | /** |
||
5962 | * @brief Return actual state of a DMA burst operation. |
||
5963 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
5964 | * @retval DMA burst state |
||
5965 | */ |
||
5966 | HAL_TIM_DMABurstStateTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurstState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
5967 | { |
||
5968 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
5969 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
61 | mjames | 5970 | |
50 | mjames | 5971 | return htim->DMABurstState; |
5972 | } |
||
5973 | |||
5974 | /** |
||
5975 | * @} |
||
5976 | */ |
||
5977 | |||
5978 | /** |
||
5979 | * @} |
||
5980 | */ |
||
5981 | |||
5982 | /** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions TIM Private Functions |
||
5983 | * @{ |
||
5984 | */ |
||
5985 | |||
5986 | /** |
||
30 | mjames | 5987 | * @brief TIM DMA error callback |
50 | mjames | 5988 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
30 | mjames | 5989 | * @retval None |
5990 | */ |
||
5991 | void TIM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
5992 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 5993 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
30 | mjames | 5994 | |
50 | mjames | 5995 | if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) |
5996 | { |
||
5997 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
5998 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
5999 | } |
||
6000 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) |
||
6001 | { |
||
6002 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
6003 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
6004 | } |
||
6005 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) |
||
6006 | { |
||
6007 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
6008 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
6009 | } |
||
6010 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) |
||
6011 | { |
||
6012 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
6013 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
6014 | } |
||
6015 | else |
||
6016 | { |
||
6017 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
6018 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 6019 | |
50 | mjames | 6020 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
6021 | htim->ErrorCallback(htim); |
||
6022 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 6023 | HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(htim); |
50 | mjames | 6024 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
6025 | |||
6026 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
30 | mjames | 6027 | } |
6028 | |||
6029 | /** |
||
6030 | * @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse complete callback. |
||
50 | mjames | 6031 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
30 | mjames | 6032 | * @retval None |
6033 | */ |
||
61 | mjames | 6034 | static void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
30 | mjames | 6035 | { |
50 | mjames | 6036 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
30 | mjames | 6037 | |
6038 | if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) |
||
6039 | { |
||
6040 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
61 | mjames | 6041 | |
50 | mjames | 6042 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
6043 | { |
||
6044 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
6045 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 6046 | } |
6047 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) |
||
6048 | { |
||
6049 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
61 | mjames | 6050 | |
50 | mjames | 6051 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
6052 | { |
||
6053 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
6054 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 6055 | } |
6056 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) |
||
6057 | { |
||
6058 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
61 | mjames | 6059 | |
50 | mjames | 6060 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
6061 | { |
||
6062 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
6063 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 6064 | } |
6065 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) |
||
6066 | { |
||
6067 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
61 | mjames | 6068 | |
50 | mjames | 6069 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
6070 | { |
||
6071 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
6072 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 6073 | } |
50 | mjames | 6074 | else |
6075 | { |
||
6076 | /* nothing to do */ |
||
6077 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 6078 | |
50 | mjames | 6079 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
6080 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
6081 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 6082 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
50 | mjames | 6083 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 6084 | |
6085 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
6086 | } |
||
6087 | |||
6088 | /** |
||
50 | mjames | 6089 | * @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse half complete callback. |
6090 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
||
6091 | * @retval None |
||
6092 | */ |
||
61 | mjames | 6093 | static void TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
50 | mjames | 6094 | { |
6095 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
||
6096 | |||
6097 | if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) |
||
6098 | { |
||
6099 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
6100 | } |
||
6101 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) |
||
6102 | { |
||
6103 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
6104 | } |
||
6105 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) |
||
6106 | { |
||
6107 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
6108 | } |
||
6109 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) |
||
6110 | { |
||
6111 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
6112 | } |
||
6113 | else |
||
6114 | { |
||
6115 | /* nothing to do */ |
||
6116 | } |
||
6117 | |||
6118 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
6119 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
6120 | #else |
||
6121 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
6122 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
6123 | |||
6124 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
6125 | } |
||
6126 | |||
6127 | /** |
||
30 | mjames | 6128 | * @brief TIM DMA Capture complete callback. |
50 | mjames | 6129 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
30 | mjames | 6130 | * @retval None |
6131 | */ |
||
6132 | void TIM_DMACaptureCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
6133 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 6134 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
30 | mjames | 6135 | |
6136 | if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) |
||
6137 | { |
||
6138 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
61 | mjames | 6139 | |
50 | mjames | 6140 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
6141 | { |
||
6142 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
6143 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 6144 | } |
6145 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) |
||
6146 | { |
||
6147 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
61 | mjames | 6148 | |
50 | mjames | 6149 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
6150 | { |
||
6151 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
6152 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 6153 | } |
6154 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) |
||
6155 | { |
||
6156 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
61 | mjames | 6157 | |
50 | mjames | 6158 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
6159 | { |
||
6160 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
6161 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 6162 | } |
6163 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) |
||
6164 | { |
||
6165 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
61 | mjames | 6166 | |
50 | mjames | 6167 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
6168 | { |
||
6169 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
6170 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 6171 | } |
50 | mjames | 6172 | else |
6173 | { |
||
6174 | /* nothing to do */ |
||
6175 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 6176 | |
50 | mjames | 6177 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
6178 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
6179 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 6180 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
50 | mjames | 6181 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 6182 | |
6183 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
6184 | } |
||
6185 | |||
6186 | /** |
||
50 | mjames | 6187 | * @brief TIM DMA Capture half complete callback. |
6188 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
||
6189 | * @retval None |
||
30 | mjames | 6190 | */ |
50 | mjames | 6191 | void TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
6192 | { |
||
6193 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
||
30 | mjames | 6194 | |
50 | mjames | 6195 | if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) |
6196 | { |
||
6197 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
6198 | } |
||
6199 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) |
||
6200 | { |
||
6201 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
6202 | } |
||
6203 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) |
||
6204 | { |
||
6205 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
6206 | } |
||
6207 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) |
||
6208 | { |
||
6209 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
6210 | } |
||
6211 | else |
||
6212 | { |
||
6213 | /* nothing to do */ |
||
6214 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 6215 | |
50 | mjames | 6216 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
6217 | htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
6218 | #else |
||
6219 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
6220 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
30 | mjames | 6221 | |
50 | mjames | 6222 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
6223 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 6224 | |
6225 | /** |
||
6226 | * @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse complete callback. |
||
50 | mjames | 6227 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
30 | mjames | 6228 | * @retval None |
6229 | */ |
||
6230 | static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
6231 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 6232 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
30 | mjames | 6233 | |
50 | mjames | 6234 | if (htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
6235 | { |
||
6236 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
6237 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 6238 | |
50 | mjames | 6239 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
6240 | htim->PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
6241 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 6242 | HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); |
50 | mjames | 6243 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 6244 | } |
6245 | |||
6246 | /** |
||
50 | mjames | 6247 | * @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse half complete callback. |
6248 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
||
6249 | * @retval None |
||
6250 | */ |
||
6251 | static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
6252 | { |
||
6253 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
||
6254 | |||
6255 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
6256 | htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
6257 | #else |
||
6258 | HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
6259 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
6260 | } |
||
6261 | |||
6262 | /** |
||
30 | mjames | 6263 | * @brief TIM DMA Trigger callback. |
50 | mjames | 6264 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
30 | mjames | 6265 | * @retval None |
6266 | */ |
||
6267 | static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
6268 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 6269 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
30 | mjames | 6270 | |
50 | mjames | 6271 | if (htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
6272 | { |
||
6273 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
6274 | } |
||
30 | mjames | 6275 | |
50 | mjames | 6276 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
6277 | htim->TriggerCallback(htim); |
||
6278 | #else |
||
30 | mjames | 6279 | HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); |
50 | mjames | 6280 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
30 | mjames | 6281 | } |
6282 | |||
6283 | /** |
||
50 | mjames | 6284 | * @brief TIM DMA Trigger half complete callback. |
6285 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
||
6286 | * @retval None |
||
6287 | */ |
||
6288 | static void TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
6289 | { |
||
6290 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
||
6291 | |||
6292 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
6293 | htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
6294 | #else |
||
6295 | HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
6296 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
6297 | } |
||
6298 | |||
6299 | /** |
||
30 | mjames | 6300 | * @brief Time Base configuration |
50 | mjames | 6301 | * @param TIMx TIM peripheral |
6302 | * @param Structure TIM Base configuration structure |
||
30 | mjames | 6303 | * @retval None |
6304 | */ |
||
61 | mjames | 6305 | static void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure) |
30 | mjames | 6306 | { |
50 | mjames | 6307 | uint32_t tmpcr1; |
30 | mjames | 6308 | tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; |
6309 | |||
6310 | /* Set TIM Time Base Unit parameters ---------------------------------------*/ |
||
6311 | if (IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(TIMx)) |
||
6312 | { |
||
6313 | /* Select the Counter Mode */ |
||
6314 | tmpcr1 &= ~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS); |
||
6315 | tmpcr1 |= Structure->CounterMode; |
||
6316 | } |
||
6317 | |||
50 | mjames | 6318 | if (IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(TIMx)) |
30 | mjames | 6319 | { |
6320 | /* Set the clock division */ |
||
6321 | tmpcr1 &= ~TIM_CR1_CKD; |
||
6322 | tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)Structure->ClockDivision; |
||
6323 | } |
||
6324 | |||
50 | mjames | 6325 | /* Set the auto-reload preload */ |
6326 | MODIFY_REG(tmpcr1, TIM_CR1_ARPE, Structure->AutoReloadPreload); |
||
6327 | |||
30 | mjames | 6328 | TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; |
6329 | |||
6330 | /* Set the Autoreload value */ |
||
6331 | TIMx->ARR = (uint32_t)Structure->Period ; |
||
6332 | |||
6333 | /* Set the Prescaler value */ |
||
50 | mjames | 6334 | TIMx->PSC = Structure->Prescaler; |
30 | mjames | 6335 | |
50 | mjames | 6336 | /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler |
6337 | and the repetition counter (only for advanced timer) value immediately */ |
||
30 | mjames | 6338 | TIMx->EGR = TIM_EGR_UG; |
6339 | } |
||
6340 | |||
6341 | /** |
||
50 | mjames | 6342 | * @brief Timer Output Compare 1 configuration |
30 | mjames | 6343 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
50 | mjames | 6344 | * @param OC_Config The output configuration structure |
30 | mjames | 6345 | * @retval None |
6346 | */ |
||
6347 | static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) |
||
6348 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 6349 | uint32_t tmpccmrx; |
6350 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
6351 | uint32_t tmpcr2; |
||
30 | mjames | 6352 | |
50 | mjames | 6353 | /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ |
30 | mjames | 6354 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; |
6355 | |||
6356 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
6357 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
6358 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
6359 | tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; |
||
6360 | |||
6361 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ |
||
6362 | tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
6363 | |||
6364 | /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ |
||
6365 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M; |
||
6366 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; |
||
6367 | /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ |
||
6368 | tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; |
||
6369 | |||
6370 | /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ |
||
6371 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1P; |
||
6372 | /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ |
||
6373 | tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCPolarity; |
||
6374 | |||
6375 | /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ |
||
6376 | TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
6377 | |||
6378 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ |
||
6379 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; |
||
6380 | |||
6381 | /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ |
||
6382 | TIMx->CCR1 = OC_Config->Pulse; |
||
6383 | |||
6384 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
6385 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
6386 | } |
||
6387 | |||
6388 | /** |
||
50 | mjames | 6389 | * @brief Timer Output Compare 2 configuration |
30 | mjames | 6390 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
50 | mjames | 6391 | * @param OC_Config The output configuration structure |
30 | mjames | 6392 | * @retval None |
6393 | */ |
||
6394 | static void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) |
||
6395 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 6396 | uint32_t tmpccmrx; |
6397 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
6398 | uint32_t tmpcr2; |
||
30 | mjames | 6399 | |
6400 | /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ |
||
6401 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; |
||
6402 | |||
6403 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
6404 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
6405 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
6406 | tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; |
||
6407 | |||
6408 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ |
||
6409 | tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
6410 | |||
6411 | /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ |
||
6412 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M; |
||
6413 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; |
||
6414 | |||
6415 | /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ |
||
50 | mjames | 6416 | tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U); |
30 | mjames | 6417 | |
6418 | /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ |
||
6419 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2P; |
||
6420 | /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ |
||
50 | mjames | 6421 | tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 4U); |
30 | mjames | 6422 | |
6423 | /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ |
||
6424 | TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
6425 | |||
6426 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ |
||
6427 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; |
||
6428 | |||
6429 | /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ |
||
6430 | TIMx->CCR2 = OC_Config->Pulse; |
||
6431 | |||
6432 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
6433 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
6434 | } |
||
6435 | |||
6436 | /** |
||
50 | mjames | 6437 | * @brief Timer Output Compare 3 configuration |
30 | mjames | 6438 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
50 | mjames | 6439 | * @param OC_Config The output configuration structure |
30 | mjames | 6440 | * @retval None |
6441 | */ |
||
6442 | static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) |
||
6443 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 6444 | uint32_t tmpccmrx; |
6445 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
6446 | uint32_t tmpcr2; |
||
30 | mjames | 6447 | |
6448 | /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */ |
||
6449 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; |
||
6450 | |||
6451 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
6452 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
6453 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
6454 | tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; |
||
6455 | |||
6456 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ |
||
6457 | tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; |
||
6458 | |||
6459 | /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ |
||
6460 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M; |
||
6461 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; |
||
6462 | /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ |
||
6463 | tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; |
||
6464 | |||
6465 | /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ |
||
6466 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3P; |
||
6467 | /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ |
||
50 | mjames | 6468 | tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 8U); |
30 | mjames | 6469 | |
6470 | /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ |
||
6471 | TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
6472 | |||
6473 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ |
||
6474 | TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; |
||
6475 | |||
6476 | /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ |
||
6477 | TIMx->CCR3 = OC_Config->Pulse; |
||
6478 | |||
6479 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
6480 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
6481 | } |
||
6482 | |||
6483 | /** |
||
50 | mjames | 6484 | * @brief Timer Output Compare 4 configuration |
30 | mjames | 6485 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
50 | mjames | 6486 | * @param OC_Config The output configuration structure |
30 | mjames | 6487 | * @retval None |
6488 | */ |
||
6489 | static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) |
||
6490 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 6491 | uint32_t tmpccmrx; |
6492 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
6493 | uint32_t tmpcr2; |
||
30 | mjames | 6494 | |
6495 | /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ |
||
6496 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; |
||
6497 | |||
6498 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
6499 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
6500 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
6501 | tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; |
||
6502 | |||
6503 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ |
||
6504 | tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; |
||
6505 | |||
6506 | /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ |
||
6507 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M; |
||
6508 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; |
||
6509 | |||
6510 | /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ |
||
50 | mjames | 6511 | tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U); |
30 | mjames | 6512 | |
6513 | /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ |
||
6514 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4P; |
||
6515 | /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ |
||
50 | mjames | 6516 | tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 12U); |
30 | mjames | 6517 | |
6518 | /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ |
||
6519 | TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
6520 | |||
6521 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ |
||
6522 | TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; |
||
6523 | |||
6524 | /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ |
||
6525 | TIMx->CCR4 = OC_Config->Pulse; |
||
6526 | |||
6527 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
6528 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
6529 | } |
||
6530 | |||
6531 | /** |
||
50 | mjames | 6532 | * @brief Slave Timer configuration function |
6533 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
6534 | * @param sSlaveConfig Slave timer configuration |
||
30 | mjames | 6535 | * @retval None |
6536 | */ |
||
50 | mjames | 6537 | static HAL_StatusTypeDef TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
6538 | TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig) |
||
30 | mjames | 6539 | { |
50 | mjames | 6540 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
6541 | uint32_t tmpccmr1; |
||
6542 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
30 | mjames | 6543 | |
50 | mjames | 6544 | /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ |
30 | mjames | 6545 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; |
6546 | |||
6547 | /* Reset the Trigger Selection Bits */ |
||
6548 | tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; |
||
6549 | /* Set the Input Trigger source */ |
||
6550 | tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger; |
||
6551 | |||
6552 | /* Reset the slave mode Bits */ |
||
6553 | tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
6554 | /* Set the slave mode */ |
||
6555 | tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode; |
||
6556 | |||
6557 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
6558 | htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
50 | mjames | 6559 | |
30 | mjames | 6560 | /* Configure the trigger prescaler, filter, and polarity */ |
6561 | switch (sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger) |
||
6562 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 6563 | case TIM_TS_ETRF: |
30 | mjames | 6564 | { |
6565 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
6566 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
6567 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler)); |
||
6568 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); |
||
6569 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); |
||
6570 | /* Configure the ETR Trigger source */ |
||
50 | mjames | 6571 | TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
6572 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler, |
||
6573 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, |
||
30 | mjames | 6574 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); |
50 | mjames | 6575 | break; |
30 | mjames | 6576 | } |
50 | mjames | 6577 | |
6578 | case TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: |
||
30 | mjames | 6579 | { |
6580 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
6581 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
6582 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); |
||
50 | mjames | 6583 | |
6584 | if (sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode == TIM_SLAVEMODE_GATED) |
||
6585 | { |
||
6586 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
6587 | } |
||
6588 | |||
30 | mjames | 6589 | /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ |
6590 | tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; |
||
6591 | htim->Instance->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; |
||
50 | mjames | 6592 | tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; |
6593 | |||
30 | mjames | 6594 | /* Set the filter */ |
6595 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; |
||
50 | mjames | 6596 | tmpccmr1 |= ((sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter) << 4U); |
6597 | |||
30 | mjames | 6598 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
6599 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; |
||
50 | mjames | 6600 | htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; |
6601 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 6602 | } |
50 | mjames | 6603 | |
6604 | case TIM_TS_TI1FP1: |
||
30 | mjames | 6605 | { |
6606 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
6607 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
6608 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); |
||
6609 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); |
||
6610 | |||
6611 | /* Configure TI1 Filter and Polarity */ |
||
6612 | TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
||
6613 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, |
||
6614 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); |
||
50 | mjames | 6615 | break; |
30 | mjames | 6616 | } |
50 | mjames | 6617 | |
6618 | case TIM_TS_TI2FP2: |
||
30 | mjames | 6619 | { |
6620 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
6621 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
6622 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); |
||
6623 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); |
||
50 | mjames | 6624 | |
30 | mjames | 6625 | /* Configure TI2 Filter and Polarity */ |
6626 | TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
||
50 | mjames | 6627 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, |
6628 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); |
||
6629 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 6630 | } |
50 | mjames | 6631 | |
6632 | case TIM_TS_ITR0: |
||
6633 | case TIM_TS_ITR1: |
||
6634 | case TIM_TS_ITR2: |
||
6635 | case TIM_TS_ITR3: |
||
6636 | { |
||
6637 | /* Check the parameter */ |
||
6638 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
6639 | break; |
||
6640 | } |
||
6641 | |||
6642 | default: |
||
6643 | break; |
||
30 | mjames | 6644 | } |
50 | mjames | 6645 | return HAL_OK; |
30 | mjames | 6646 | } |
6647 | |||
6648 | /** |
||
6649 | * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input. |
||
6650 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. |
||
50 | mjames | 6651 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. |
30 | mjames | 6652 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
6653 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
||
6654 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
6655 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
||
50 | mjames | 6656 | * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. |
30 | mjames | 6657 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
50 | mjames | 6658 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1. |
6659 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2. |
||
6660 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC. |
||
6661 | * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
30 | mjames | 6662 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
6663 | * @retval None |
||
50 | mjames | 6664 | * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI2FP1 |
6665 | * (on channel2 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be |
||
30 | mjames | 6666 | * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. |
6667 | */ |
||
6668 | static void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
50 | mjames | 6669 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
30 | mjames | 6670 | { |
50 | mjames | 6671 | uint32_t tmpccmr1; |
6672 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
30 | mjames | 6673 | |
6674 | /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ |
||
6675 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; |
||
6676 | tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
6677 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
6678 | |||
6679 | /* Select the Input */ |
||
50 | mjames | 6680 | if (IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) |
30 | mjames | 6681 | { |
6682 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; |
||
6683 | tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ICSelection; |
||
6684 | } |
||
6685 | else |
||
6686 | { |
||
6687 | tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0; |
||
6688 | } |
||
6689 | |||
6690 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
6691 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; |
||
50 | mjames | 6692 | tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC1F); |
30 | mjames | 6693 | |
6694 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ |
||
6695 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); |
||
6696 | tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity & (TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP)); |
||
6697 | |||
6698 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
||
6699 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; |
||
6700 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
6701 | } |
||
6702 | |||
6703 | /** |
||
6704 | * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI1. |
||
6705 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. |
||
50 | mjames | 6706 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. |
30 | mjames | 6707 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
50 | mjames | 6708 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
6709 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
6710 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
||
6711 | * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
30 | mjames | 6712 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
6713 | * @retval None |
||
6714 | */ |
||
6715 | static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
||
6716 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 6717 | uint32_t tmpccmr1; |
6718 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
30 | mjames | 6719 | |
6720 | /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ |
||
6721 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
6722 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; |
||
6723 | tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
6724 | |||
6725 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
6726 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; |
||
50 | mjames | 6727 | tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 4U); |
30 | mjames | 6728 | |
6729 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ |
||
6730 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); |
||
6731 | tmpccer |= TIM_ICPolarity; |
||
6732 | |||
6733 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
||
6734 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; |
||
6735 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
6736 | } |
||
6737 | |||
6738 | /** |
||
6739 | * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input. |
||
6740 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
50 | mjames | 6741 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. |
30 | mjames | 6742 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
50 | mjames | 6743 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
6744 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
6745 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
||
6746 | * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. |
||
30 | mjames | 6747 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
50 | mjames | 6748 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2. |
30 | mjames | 6749 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1. |
50 | mjames | 6750 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC. |
6751 | * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
30 | mjames | 6752 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
6753 | * @retval None |
||
50 | mjames | 6754 | * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI1FP2 |
6755 | * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be |
||
30 | mjames | 6756 | * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. |
6757 | */ |
||
6758 | static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
50 | mjames | 6759 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
30 | mjames | 6760 | { |
50 | mjames | 6761 | uint32_t tmpccmr1; |
6762 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
30 | mjames | 6763 | |
6764 | /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ |
||
6765 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; |
||
6766 | tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
6767 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
6768 | |||
6769 | /* Select the Input */ |
||
6770 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; |
||
50 | mjames | 6771 | tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U); |
30 | mjames | 6772 | |
6773 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
6774 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; |
||
50 | mjames | 6775 | tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); |
30 | mjames | 6776 | |
6777 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ |
||
6778 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); |
||
50 | mjames | 6779 | tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 4U) & (TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP)); |
30 | mjames | 6780 | |
6781 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
||
6782 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; |
||
6783 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
6784 | } |
||
6785 | |||
6786 | /** |
||
6787 | * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI2. |
||
6788 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. |
||
50 | mjames | 6789 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. |
30 | mjames | 6790 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
50 | mjames | 6791 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
6792 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
30 | mjames | 6793 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
50 | mjames | 6794 | * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
30 | mjames | 6795 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
6796 | * @retval None |
||
6797 | */ |
||
6798 | static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
||
6799 | { |
||
50 | mjames | 6800 | uint32_t tmpccmr1; |
6801 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
30 | mjames | 6802 | |
6803 | /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ |
||
6804 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; |
||
6805 | tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
6806 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
6807 | |||
6808 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
6809 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; |
||
50 | mjames | 6810 | tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 12U); |
30 | mjames | 6811 | |
6812 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ |
||
6813 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); |
||
50 | mjames | 6814 | tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity << 4U); |
30 | mjames | 6815 | |
6816 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
||
6817 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; |
||
6818 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
6819 | } |
||
6820 | |||
6821 | /** |
||
6822 | * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input. |
||
6823 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
50 | mjames | 6824 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. |
30 | mjames | 6825 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
50 | mjames | 6826 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
6827 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
30 | mjames | 6828 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
50 | mjames | 6829 | * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. |
30 | mjames | 6830 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
50 | mjames | 6831 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3. |
30 | mjames | 6832 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4. |
50 | mjames | 6833 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC. |
6834 | * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
30 | mjames | 6835 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
6836 | * @retval None |
||
50 | mjames | 6837 | * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI3FP4 |
6838 | * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be |
||
30 | mjames | 6839 | * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. |
6840 | */ |
||
6841 | static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
50 | mjames | 6842 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
30 | mjames | 6843 | { |
50 | mjames | 6844 | uint32_t tmpccmr2; |
6845 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
30 | mjames | 6846 | |
6847 | /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ |
||
6848 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; |
||
6849 | tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; |
||
6850 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
6851 | |||
6852 | /* Select the Input */ |
||
6853 | tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; |
||
6854 | tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ICSelection; |
||
6855 | |||
6856 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
6857 | tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F; |
||
50 | mjames | 6858 | tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC3F); |
30 | mjames | 6859 | |
6860 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */ |
||
6861 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP); |
||
50 | mjames | 6862 | tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 8U) & (TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP)); |
30 | mjames | 6863 | |
6864 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ |
||
6865 | TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; |
||
6866 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
6867 | } |
||
6868 | |||
6869 | /** |
||
6870 | * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input. |
||
6871 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
50 | mjames | 6872 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. |
30 | mjames | 6873 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
50 | mjames | 6874 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
6875 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
30 | mjames | 6876 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
50 | mjames | 6877 | * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. |
30 | mjames | 6878 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
50 | mjames | 6879 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4. |
30 | mjames | 6880 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3. |
50 | mjames | 6881 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. |
6882 | * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
30 | mjames | 6883 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
50 | mjames | 6884 | * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI4FP3 |
6885 | * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be |
||
6886 | * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. |
||
30 | mjames | 6887 | * @retval None |
6888 | */ |
||
6889 | static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
50 | mjames | 6890 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
30 | mjames | 6891 | { |
50 | mjames | 6892 | uint32_t tmpccmr2; |
6893 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
30 | mjames | 6894 | |
6895 | /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ |
||
6896 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; |
||
6897 | tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; |
||
6898 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
6899 | |||
6900 | /* Select the Input */ |
||
6901 | tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; |
||
50 | mjames | 6902 | tmpccmr2 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U); |
30 | mjames | 6903 | |
6904 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
6905 | tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4F; |
||
50 | mjames | 6906 | tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC4F); |
30 | mjames | 6907 | |
6908 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */ |
||
6909 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP); |
||
50 | mjames | 6910 | tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 12U) & (TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP)); |
30 | mjames | 6911 | |
6912 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ |
||
6913 | TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; |
||
6914 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ; |
||
6915 | } |
||
6916 | |||
6917 | /** |
||
6918 | * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source |
||
6919 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
50 | mjames | 6920 | * @param InputTriggerSource The Input Trigger source. |
30 | mjames | 6921 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
6922 | * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0 |
||
6923 | * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1 |
||
6924 | * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2 |
||
6925 | * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3 |
||
6926 | * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector |
||
6927 | * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1 |
||
6928 | * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2 |
||
6929 | * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input |
||
6930 | * @retval None |
||
6931 | */ |
||
50 | mjames | 6932 | static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t InputTriggerSource) |
30 | mjames | 6933 | { |
50 | mjames | 6934 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
30 | mjames | 6935 | |
50 | mjames | 6936 | /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ |
6937 | tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; |
||
6938 | /* Reset the TS Bits */ |
||
6939 | tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; |
||
6940 | /* Set the Input Trigger source and the slave mode*/ |
||
6941 | tmpsmcr |= (InputTriggerSource | TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1); |
||
6942 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
6943 | TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
30 | mjames | 6944 | } |
6945 | /** |
||
6946 | * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR). |
||
6947 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
50 | mjames | 6948 | * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler The external Trigger Prescaler. |
30 | mjames | 6949 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
6950 | * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV1: ETRP Prescaler OFF. |
||
6951 | * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. |
||
6952 | * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. |
||
6953 | * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. |
||
50 | mjames | 6954 | * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity The external Trigger Polarity. |
30 | mjames | 6955 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
6956 | * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_INVERTED: active low or falling edge active. |
||
6957 | * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_NONINVERTED: active high or rising edge active. |
||
50 | mjames | 6958 | * @param ExtTRGFilter External Trigger Filter. |
30 | mjames | 6959 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F |
6960 | * @retval None |
||
6961 | */ |
||
50 | mjames | 6962 | static void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, |
6963 | uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter) |
||
30 | mjames | 6964 | { |
50 | mjames | 6965 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
30 | mjames | 6966 | |
6967 | tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; |
||
6968 | |||
6969 | /* Reset the ETR Bits */ |
||
50 | mjames | 6970 | tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); |
30 | mjames | 6971 | |
6972 | /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */ |
||
50 | mjames | 6973 | tmpsmcr |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (ExtTRGFilter << 8U))); |
30 | mjames | 6974 | |
6975 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
6976 | TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
6977 | } |
||
6978 | |||
6979 | /** |
||
6980 | * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x. |
||
6981 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
50 | mjames | 6982 | * @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel |
30 | mjames | 6983 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
6984 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 |
||
6985 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 |
||
6986 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 |
||
6987 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 |
||
50 | mjames | 6988 | * @param ChannelState specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state. |
6989 | * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_ENABLE or TIM_CCx_DISABLE. |
||
30 | mjames | 6990 | * @retval None |
6991 | */ |
||
50 | mjames | 6992 | static void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState) |
30 | mjames | 6993 | { |
50 | mjames | 6994 | uint32_t tmp; |
30 | mjames | 6995 | |
6996 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
6997 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx)); |
||
6998 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); |
||
6999 | |||
50 | mjames | 7000 | tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1E << (Channel & 0x1FU); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */ |
30 | mjames | 7001 | |
7002 | /* Reset the CCxE Bit */ |
||
7003 | TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp; |
||
7004 | |||
7005 | /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */ |
||
50 | mjames | 7006 | TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelState << (Channel & 0x1FU)); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */ |
30 | mjames | 7007 | } |
7008 | |||
50 | mjames | 7009 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
30 | mjames | 7010 | /** |
50 | mjames | 7011 | * @brief Reset interrupt callbacks to the legacy weak callbacks. |
7012 | * @param htim pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains |
||
7013 | * the configuration information for TIM module. |
||
7014 | * @retval None |
||
7015 | */ |
||
7016 | void TIM_ResetCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
7017 | { |
||
7018 | /* Reset the TIM callback to the legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
61 | mjames | 7019 | htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback; |
7020 | htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback; |
||
7021 | htim->TriggerCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback; |
||
7022 | htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback; |
||
7023 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback; |
||
7024 | htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback; |
||
7025 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback; |
||
7026 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback; |
||
7027 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback; |
||
7028 | htim->ErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback; |
||
50 | mjames | 7029 | } |
7030 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
7031 | |||
7032 | /** |
||
30 | mjames | 7033 | * @} |
7034 | */ |
||
7035 | |||
7036 | #endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ |
||
7037 | /** |
||
7038 | * @} |
||
7039 | */ |
||
7040 | |||
7041 | /** |
||
7042 | * @} |
||
7043 | */ |
||
7044 | /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ |